sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13...

225
w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES COURSE NAME : MECHANICAL/CIVIL/CHEMICAL/COMPUTER/ELECTRONICS/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING GROUPS COURSE CODE : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/ EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/ME/MU/PG/PT/ PS /CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX DURATION OF COURSE: 6 SEMESTERS for AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/DC/TC/TX (8 SEMESTERS for CD / CV / ED / EI / FE / IU / MH / MI) WITH EFFECT FROM 2012 - 13 SEMESTER : FIRST DURATION : 16 WEEKS PATTERN : FULL TIME - SEMESTER SCHEME : G SR. NO SUBJECT TITLE Abbre viation SUB CODE TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) SW (17100) Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min 1 English ENG 17101 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 50 2 Basic Science Physics EPH 17102 02 -- 02 02 50 100 40 25@ 50 20 -- -- -- -- Chemistry ECH 17103 02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- -- -- 3 Basic Mathematics BMS 17104 04 01 -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 Engineering Graphics EGG 17001 02 -- 04 -- -- -- 50# 20 -- -- 50@ 20 5 Computer Fundamentals CMF 17002 01 -- 04 -- -- -- 50#* 20 -- -- 25@ 10 6 Basic Workshop Practice (Civil Group) WPC 17003 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 Basic Workshop Practice (Electrical Group) WPE 17004 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 Basic Workshop Practice (Electronics Group) WPX 17005 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 Basic Workshop Practice (Mechanical & Chemical Group) WPM 17006 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 Basic Workshop Practice (Computer Group) WPI 17007 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 TOTAL 14 01 18 -- 300 -- 150 -- -- -- 150 -- 50 Student Contact Hours Per Week: 33 Hrs. Theory and practical periods of 60 minutes each. Total Marks : 650 @ Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, #* On Line Examination, No Theory Examination. Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, ,OR-Oral, TW- Term work, SW- Sessional Work Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional work (SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms Code number for TH, PR, OR and TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code as mentioned. Basic Science is divided into two parts- Basic Physics and Basic Chemistry. Theory examination of both parts as well as practical examination of both parts will be conducted on separate days. Sum of theory marks of both parts shall be considered for passing theory examination of Basic Science. Similarly it is also applicable to practical examination. It is mandatory to appear theory and practical examination of both parts. Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head. Candidate remaining absent in examination of any one part of Basic Science subject i.e. Physics, Chemistry will be declare as Absent in Mark List and has to appear for examination. The marks of the part for which candidate was present will not be processed or carried forward.

Transcript of sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13...

Page 1: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1

MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES

COURSE NAME : MECHANICAL/CIVIL/CHEMICAL/COMPUTER/ELECTRONICS/ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING GROUPS COURSE CODE : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/ EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/ME/MU/PG/PT/ PS /CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX DURATION OF COURSE: 6 SEMESTERS for AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/DC/TC/TX (8 SEMESTERS for CD / CV / ED / EI / FE / IU / MH / MI) WITH EFFECT FROM 2012 - 13 SEMESTER : FIRST DURATION : 16 WEEKS PATTERN : FULL TIME - SEMESTER SCHEME : G

SR. NO SUBJECT TITLE Abbre

viation SUB

CODE

TEACHING SCHEME EXAMINATION SCHEME

TH TU PR PAPER HRS

TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) SW (17100) Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

1 English ENG 17101 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10

50

2 Basic Science Physics EPH 17102 02 -- 02 02 50 100 40 25@ 50 20 -- -- -- -- Chemistry ECH 17103 02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- -- --

3 Basic Mathematics BMS 17104 04 01 -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --4 Engineering Graphics EGG 17001 02 -- 04 -- -- -- 50# 20 -- -- 50@ 20 5 Computer Fundamentals CMF 17002 01 -- 04 -- -- -- 50#* 20 -- -- 25@ 10

6

Basic Workshop Practice (Civil Group) WPC 17003 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 Basic Workshop Practice (Electrical Group) WPE 17004 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20

Basic Workshop Practice (Electronics Group) WPX 17005 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20

Basic Workshop Practice (Mechanical & Chemical Group) WPM 17006 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20

Basic Workshop Practice (Computer Group) WPI 17007 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20

TOTAL 14 01 18 -- 300 -- 150 -- -- -- 150 -- 50 Student Contact Hours Per Week: 33 Hrs. Theory and practical periods of 60 minutes each. Total Marks : 650 @ Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, #* On Line Examination, No Theory Examination. Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, ,OR-Oral, TW- Term work, SW- Sessional Work

Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional work (SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms Code number for TH, PR, OR and TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code as mentioned.

Basic Science is divided into two parts- Basic Physics and Basic Chemistry. Theory examination of both parts as well as practical examination of both parts will be conducted on separate days. Sum of theory marks of both parts shall be considered for passing theory examination of Basic Science. Similarly it is also applicable to practical examination. It is mandatory to appear theory and practical examination of both parts. Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.

Candidate remaining absent in examination of any one part of Basic Science subject i.e. Physics, Chemistry will be declare as Absent in Mark List and has to appear for examination. The marks of the part for which candidate was present will not be processed or carried forward.

Page 2: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17101 2

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX

Semester : First

Subject Title : English

Subject Code : 17101

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS. TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)

Rationale:

The most commonly used medium to express oneself is language. English, being a global

language, is used in all the spheres of human life i.e., personal, professional and social. A diploma

student is expected to be proficient in English language and pursue the existing course of study to

handle the future jobs. The content of the text includes the aspects related to language skills.

General Objectives:

Students will be able to;

1. Develop vocabulary.

2. Apply the rules of grammar.

3. Comprehend the given unseen passage.

Page 3: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17101 3

Learning Structure:

Application Procedure Principles Concepts Facts

To enable students to comprehend the meaning of new words, use grammar to write correct sentences and to develop meaningful paragraphs.

Techniques of responding to short and long questions

Techniques of application of grammar

Procedure for writing different types of paragraphs

Techniques of Refereeing to Dictionary and Thesaurus

Principles of Sentences formation

Principles of identification of various aspects of grammar

Principles of logical development of paragraph

Concept of comprehending the text

Concept of Sentence construction

Concept of classifying types of paragraph

Content of the text

Tenses, preposition, conjunction, articles, punctuation

Topic Sentences

Dictionary & Thesaurus

Page 4: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17101 4

CONTENTS: Theory

Name of the Topic Hours Marks PART I - Application of Grammar Specific Objective: Apply grammatical rules to form correct sentences.

Contents: Articles: Appropriate use of definite and indefinite Articles Prepositions: To use correct Prepositions as per context Conjunctions: Co-ordinating and sub-ordinating Conjunctions Tenses: Correct usages of past, present and future tenses Active and Passive voice: Use of Active and Passive voice Direct and Indirect sentences: Conversion of direct into indirect

sentence and vice versa

12 24

PART II – Text Specific Objectives: Answer the questions based on the articles State the meanings of the given words from the articles

Contents: Articles

20 32

PART III - Paragraph Writing Specific Objective: Write a paragraph on a given topic

Contents: Paragraph Writing: Elaborate and expand the ideas with cohesion,

coherence and use of correct punctuation marks Types of Paragraph: Narrative, Descriptive, Technical, Comparison

and Contrast Dialogue Writing: Based on various situations Speech Writing based on situations: Welcome Speech, Farewell

Speech, Vote of Thanks and Introducing a Guest

06 16

PART IV – Comprehension Specific Objective: Comprehend and provide the answers on given passages

Contents: Comprehension of Passage: Comprehending questions and writing

the answers on unseen passages

04 12

PART V- Vocabulary Building Specific Objective: Use correct words in given situations

Contents: Words Often Confused

06 16

Page 5: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17101 5

Collocation Prefix and Suffix Synonyms and Antonyms

Total 48 100 Skills to be developed in practicals: Intellectual Skills:

1. Select appropriate words/verbs and formulate correct sentences 2. Develop ability of correct pronunciation 3. Report writing skills

Assignments: Journal consists of the following assignments:-

1. Punctuate 25 sentences given by the teacher. 2. Rewrite the passage/passages with correct form of verbs. [Teacher is expected to give

passage /passages of verbs used wrongly [at least 25 verbs.] 3. Write 15 synonyms and 15 antonyms with the help of the thesaurus. 4. Write a paragraph each on descriptive, narrative, comparison, contrast and technical type

in 75 to 100 words. 5. Write 10 words of prefixes and 10 words of suffixes and use them in sentences. 6. Select one news from any English newspaper. The news may be from any one of the

following areas – Social, environmental, financial, economics, sports, etc. Prepare a summary of the news and make it presentable by using relevant photographs/graphics.

7. Students will be given ten collocations, develop three sentences for each collocation.

NOTE: The following assignment should be performed in the Language Laboratory/with the help of interactive media.

8. Listen and practice the dialogues with the help of interactive media/ interactive software.

Learning Resources:

Sr. No. Title Author Publisher

1 MSBTE TEXTBOOK ------------- MSBTE

2 ESSENTIAL ENGLISH GRAMMAR RAYMOND MURPHY CAMBRIDGE

3 HIGH SCHOOL ENGLISH GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION WREN AND MARTIN S CHAND & CO.

Page 6: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 6

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering / Technology.

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX

Semester : First

Subject Title : Basic Science (Physics)

Subject Code : 17102

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- 75

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE. Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be entered in

mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW) Students should compulsory appear for Basic Science (Physics) & Basic Science

(Chemistry) theory examination. There should be combined passing for the subject (40/100). Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.

Students should compulsory appear for Basic Science (Physics) & Basic Science (Chemistry) practical examination. There should be combined passing for the subject (20/50). Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.

Rationale:

Physics is a foundation of all core technology subjects. Study of science and technology goes hand in hand. Technical knowledge can be gained more effectively using concepts of Physics. Curriculum of Engineering Physics includes fundamental concepts used in industrial applications.

Study of various properties of matter is helpful in the study of Strength of Material, Fluid mechanics, Fluid power etc., and selection of lubricant for machine parts. Property of Surface tension is applicable in Paint industry and capillarity phenomenon is useful in plumbing.

Thermal properties of matter are applicable in study of various core technology subjects like Thermal Engineering, Heat Transfer etc. Optical phenomena such as refraction and dispersion are required in higher study as well as in industry such as in characterization of material using Spectroscopy, X-ray diffraction (XRD), Atomic Force Microscopy (AFM).

Study of wave motion, Simple Harmonic Motion and their behavior is useful in field of Civil Engineering, Electronics & Communication Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and Electrical Engineering. Principle of Photocell and its applications are required in study of Solar cells, Photovoltaic cells.

General Objectives: Student will be able to:

1. Understand method of selection of material for intended purpose. 2. Apply knowledge of good and bad conductors of heat in various engineering concepts. 3. Know the effect of interference between light waves.

Page 7: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 7

4. Apply knowledge of characteristics of wave motion and resonance in engineering applications.

5. Apply Concept of photoelectric effect for applications like photovoltaic cell, Solar cell. Learning Structure: Application Principle Concepts Facts

Enable to understand applications in engineering field

Archimedes Principle Bernoulli’s Principle Newton’s law , Stoke’s law of Viscosity

Gas laws Kirchoff’ Law Stefen’s Law Avogdro’s Law

Snell’s Law, Scattering of Light

Newton’s Relation

Elasticity, Plasticity Rigidity Pressure, Buoyancy Viscosity Surface Tension

Specific heat Thermal Conductivity Isothermal Process Adiabatic Process

Refraction Dispersion

Vibratory motion Transverse waves Longitudinal waves Resonance

Solids Liquids

Modes of Transfer of Heat

Transmission of light

Wave motion

Page 8: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 8

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1] Properties of solids: Specific Objectives Calculate the Young’s Modulus of material of wire. Elasticity: Definitions of deforming force, restoring force, elasticity,

plasticity, Factors affecting elasticity. Stresses: Tensile, Compressive, Volumetric and Shear stress, Strains: Tensile, Volumetric and Shear strain. Elastic limit, Hooke’s law. Elastic co-efficient- Young’s modulus, bulk modulus, modulus of

rigidity and relation between them Stress -strain diagram, behavior of wire under continuously increasing

load, yield point, ultimate stress, breaking stress, factor of safety. compressibility, Poisson’s ratio.

05 08

Topic 2] Properties of liquids Specific objectives: Determine the surface tension of the given liquid Determine the coefficient of viscosity by Stoke’s method.

2.1 Fluid friction: [ 8 Marks] Pressure , pressure-depth relation (P = ρ h g), atmospheric pressure,

Pascal’s law, Archimedes’s principle. Viscous force, definition of viscosity, velocity gradient, Newton’s law

of viscosity, coefficient of viscosity and its SI unit. Streamline and turbulent flow with examples, critical velocity,

Reynold’s number and its significance. Up thrust force, terminal velocity, Stokes law, and derivation of

coefficient of viscosity by Stoke’s method, effect of temperature and adulteration on viscosity of liquid.

2.2 Surface tension : [4 Marks] Cohesive and adhesive force, Laplace’s molecular theory of surface

tension, Surface Tension: definition and unit, effect of temperature on surface tension.

Angle of contact, Capillarity and examples of capillary action, derivation of expression for surface tension by capillary rise method, applications of surface tension.

09 12

Topic 3] Thermal properties of matter: Specific objectives: Distinguish between isothermal and adiabatic process. Determine the relation between specific heats.

3.1 Modes of transformation of heat : [6 Marks] Difference between heat and temperature, definition of calorie,

Absolute zero, units of temperature: °C, °F,°K, with their conversion. Conduction, law of thermal conductivity, coefficient of thermal

conductivity, good conductors of heat & insulators with suitable examples, applications of conduction. Convection, applications of convection. Radiation, applications of radiation.

3.2 Gas laws: : [6 Marks] Gas Laws: Boyle’s law, Charles law, Gay lussac’s law (Statement and

08 12

Page 9: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 9

mathematical equation only) Perfect gas equation (PV=RT) (No derivation), specific heat of a

substance , SI unit, specific heat of gas at constant volume (CV ) specific heat of gas at constant pressure (CP ), ratio of specific heat ,Mayer’s relation between CP and CV ,isothermal process, adiabatic process, difference between isothermal process and adiabatic process.

Topic 4] Optics Specific objectives: Calculate refractive index of prism. Determine the numerical aperture of optical fiber

Refraction of light : [ 6 Marks] Refraction of monochromatic light, Snell’s law, Derivation of prism

formula, total internal reflection, critical angle. Optical fibre: principle, structure of optical fiber, propagation of light

wave through optical fibre, derivation of numerical aperture and acceptance angle.

04 06

Topic 5] Wave motion Specific objectives: Differentiate between transverse waves and longitudinal waves Derive expression for displacement, velocity and acceleration of a body

executing SHM 5.1 Wave motion : [ 6 Marks]

Definition of a wave, wave motion, wave velocity, wave period, wave frequency, wave length, vibratory motion, periodic motion, amplitude of a vibrating particle, derivation of v = n λ

Simple harmonic motion (SHM), examples of SHM, equation of SHM, expression of velocity and acceleration of a body executing SHM.

Types of progressive waves: transverse and longitudinal waves with examples.

5.2 Resonance: [ 6 Marks] Stationary wave, formation of stationary wave, examples of stationary

wave, characteristics of stationary waves, free and forced vibrations with examples.

Resonance: definition of resonance, examples of resonance, formula to calculate velocity of sound by resonance tube method.

06 12

TOTAL 32 50 Practical: Skills to be developed

1) Intellectual skills-

Select proper measuring instruments

Verify the principles, laws, using given instruments under different conditions.

Read and interpret the graph.

Interpret the results from observations and calculations.

2) Motor skills-

Handle the instruments.

Measuring physical quantities accurately.

Observe the phenomenon and to list the observations in a tabular form.

Plot the graphs.

Page 10: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17102 10

List of experiments

1. Know your Physics Laboratory, measuring instruments and interpretation of graph. 2. Measure the dimensions of given objects using vernier caliper. 3. Measure the dimensions of given objects using micrometer screw gauge. 4. Determine Young’s modulus of elasticity of metal wire by using Searle’s apparatus. 5. Determine coefficient of viscosity of given liquid using Stoke’s Method 6. Determine surface tension of liquid by capillary rise method using travelling microscope. 7. Determine the coefficient of thermal conductivity of copper by Searle’s method 8. Determine refractive index of liquid by concave mirror. 9. Determine stiffness constant ‘K’ of a helical spring.

Learning Resources:

1. Reference Books:

Sr. No. Title Author Publisher

01 Engineering Physics B.L. Theraja S. Chand Publishers – New Delhi 02 Engineering Physics V. Rajendran Tata McGraw-Hill Publications 03 Conceptual Physics P. G. Hewitt Pearson education (Tenth edition) 04 Physics- Std XI, Std XII - HSC board/CBSE Board

05 Engineering Physics R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta

Dhanpat Rai Publication, New Delhi.

2. Websites:

http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/permot2.html http://physics.info http://inventors.about.com/od/xyzstartinventions/a/x-ray.htm http://www.kettering.edu/physics/drussell/Demos/waves/wavemotion.html http://physics.usask.ca/~hirose/ep225/anim.htm http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/geoopt/dispersion.html

3) Videos: 1. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u5AxlJSiEEs: Demonstration showing surface tension

of water using screen 2. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=v5h3h2E4z2Q Demonstration showing Photoelectric

effect and Photo Cell 3. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=42Qv8lkB-nM Demonstration showing viscosity of

various liquids 4. http://www.can-do.com/uci/ssi2003/gas-laws.html Demonstration of various Gas Laws

4) CD: Educational Cd of NCERT Educational cd of Pearson education India

5) PPT: www.slidehare.net/donpraju/photoelectriceffect-ppt

www.khanacademy.com

Page 11: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 11

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX

Semester : First

Subject Title : Basic Science (Chemistry)

Subject Code : 17103

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- 75

Note:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE. Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW). Students should compulsory appear for Basic Science (Physics) & Basic Science

(Chemistry) theory examination. There should be combined passing for the subject (40/100). Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.

Students should compulsory appear for Basic Science (Physics) & Basic Science (Chemistry) practical examination. There should be combined passing for the subject (20/50). Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.

Rationale:

Basic Chemistry is the basic science which is essential to all engineering courses. For an engineer, the usage of equipments and instruments would require knowledge of chemical substances, their composition and properties. Hence the content of this subject provides knowledge of engineering materials. This knowledge also aims to bridge the theoretical concepts and their practical engineering applications, thus highlighting the role of chemistry in the field of engineering. It helps in understanding chemical and physical properties of engineering materials.

The content of this curriculum has four units which provide the knowledge of chemical bonding, mechanisms of various applications of electrochemistry. It also provides in depth knowledge of extraction processes, properties and applications of metals and alloys. The non-metallic materials like plastics, rubber, insulators are the back bone of developing industries. General Objectives: The student will be able to

1. Know the concepts of valence electrons and valency of elements. 2. Apply the knowledge of electrolysis in engineering applications.

3. Understand the formation of various molecules.

Page 12: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 12

4. Apply the properties of metals and alloys in engineering field. 5. Use non-metallic materials in engineering applications. Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Concept

Fact

Gravity separation, electromagnetic separation, froth floatation, calcination, roasting

Electroplating, electrorefining,

Vulcanisation of rubber

Apply the knowledge of chemical, physical properties and processes in engineering fields.

Formation of electrovalent and covalent compounds

Electrolysis Faraday’s laws.

Concentration, reduction, refining

Polymerisation

Isotopes, isobars, orbits, orbitals valency, electronic configuration

Electrolytic dissociation ionisation, electrolysis, electrolyte, electrode

Hardness, tensile strength, malleability, ductility, toughness

Thermosoftening thermo-setting plastics, elasticity, rebound, tack

Atom, molecule, atomic number, atomic mass number

Plastics, rubber, insulator

Metal, alloy, ore, mineral, gangue, flux, slag

Mineral salts cathode, anode, cation, anion

Page 13: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 13

Theory Content:

Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1] Chemical Bonding: Specific Objectives: Predict valence electrons and valency of elements. Draw schematic diagram for formation of molecules.

1.1 Atomic Structure : [8 Marks] Definition of atom, Bohr's atomic model, structure of modern atom,

characteristics of fundamental particles of an atom, definition of atomic number, atomic mass number and their differences, Isotopes and Isobars: Definitions, examples and distinction, applications of carbon and cobalt isotopes.

Orbits: Bohr’s energy levels, sub-energy levels, s, p, d, f orbitals, shapes and description of s-orbital and p- orbital. Distribution of electrons in orbitals: Definition of electronic configuration, Aufbau’s principle, Hund’s rule, orbital electronic configurations (s, p, d, f) of elements having atomic number 1 to 30, 1.2 Valency: [4 Marks] Definitions of valence electrons, valency. Definition of electrovalency, positive and negative electrovalency, formation

of Electrovalent compounds-MgO,CaCl2 Definition of covalency, single, double and triple covalent bonds, formation

of Covalent compounds H2O,CO2,N2

08 12

Topic 2] Electrochemistry: Specific Objectives: Describe the mechanism of electrolysis. Identify the role of electrodes in application of electrolysis.

2.1 Basic concepts of electrolysis: [4 Marks] Electrolyte, types of electrolyte- strong and weak electrolyte, their

difference. Ionisation and electrolytic dissociation, Arrhenius theory of electrolytic

dissociation, degree of ionization, factors affecting degree of ionization. Definitions of electrolytic cell, electrodes-cathode, anode, electrode potential-oxidation potential and reduction potential.

2.2 Electrolysis: [10 Marks] Mechanism of electrolysis- Electrolysis, electrochemical series for cations

and anions, Mechanism of electrolysis of CuSO4 solution by using platinum

electrodes and copper electrodes Applications of electrolysis- Electroplating of silver, electro refining of

blister copper, Faraday's laws of electrolysis: Faraday’s first and second law, relation

between electrochemical equivalent and chemical equivalent, Numericals. pH and pOH: Definition of pH, pOH, pH Scale, Numericals.

10 14

Topic 3] Metals and Alloys: Specific Objectives: Identify the properties of metals and alloys related to engineering

applications. Describe the process of extraction of metals.

3.1 Metals: [8 Marks]

08

12

Page 14: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 14

Occurrence of metals in free and combined state, definitions- mineral, ore, gangue, flux and slag, metallurgy.

Metallurgy- Detailed Flow chart for extraction of metal, Important extraction processes-Concentration-gravity separation, electro-

magnetic separation, froth floatation, calcination and roasting, Reduction- smelting, aluminothermic process, Refining- poling, electrorefining

Mechanical properties of metals- Hardness, ductility, malleability, tensile strength, toughness, machinability, weldability, forging, soldering, brazing, castability.

3.2 Alloys: [4 Marks] Definition, purposes of making alloys with examples. Preparation methods- Fusion, Compression Classification of Alloys- Ferrous and non ferrous alloys with examples. Examples of alloys- Composition, properties and applications of duralumin,

Woods metal, babbit metal. Topic 4 ] Non-metallic Engineering Materials: Specific Objectives: Distinguish between thermosoftening and thermosetting plastics. List the properties of rubber State the applications of thermal insulators.

4.1 Polymers ( Plastics, Rubber) : [8 Marks] Plastics: Definition of plastic, polymer, polymerisation, types of

polymerisation with examples. Types of plastic- thermo softening plastics and thermosetting plastics and their difference, properties and applications of plastics.

Rubber: Types of rubber. Natural Rubber- definition, drawbacks of natural rubber, vulcanization of

rubber with chemical reaction, applications of vulcanized rubber. Synthetic rubber- definition, difference between natural and synthetic rubber, examples of synthetic rubber, properties of synthetic rubber like - elasticity, tack, and abrasion resistance, their definition and related applications.

4.2 Thermal Insulators [4 Marks] Thermal Insulators -Definition, characteristics of thermal insulators,

classification- organic and inorganic thermal insulators, their examples, preparation, properties and applications of thermocole and glasswool.

06

12

Total 32 50

Practical: Intellectual Skills:

1. Analyse given solution and to find the chemical properties of metallic and non-metallic ions. 2. Interpret the results of experiments or numerical values. 3. Understand the set up of the experiment. 4. Verify the laws and characteristics.

Motor Skills: 1. Handle various laboratory reagents. 2. Accurately measure proper quantity of various chemicals. 3. Observe correct colour of precipitate, evolution of gas. 4. Connect electrical circuit as per the circuit diagram.

Page 15: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 15

5. Proficiently handle apparatus and equipments to perform experiments. 6. Observe the completion of reaction. List of Experiments:

Sr. No. Name of the experiment

1 Know your Chemistry laboratory and prepare sample solutions of different concentrations.

2 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-1.

3 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-2.

4 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-3.

5 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-4.

6 Determine the basic radical (metallic ion) and acidic radical (non-metallic ion) by qualitative analysis of given salt solution no-5.

7 Calculate the electrochemical equivalent of copper by electrolysis of copper sulphate solution using copper electrodes.

8 Determine pH value of given solutions by using pH paper, universal indicator and pH meter.

9 Prepare Phenol formaldehyde resin used in manufacturing of Bakelite plastic. Learning Resources:

1. Reference books:

Sr. No. Author Name of the book Publisher

1 Jain and Jain Engineering Chemistry Dhanpat Rai and Sons 2 ---- Engineering Chemistry Wiley India Edition 3 B. K. Sharma Industrial Chemistry Goel Publication 4 S. S. Dara Engineering Chemistry S. Chand Publication

2. List of web sites/ Videos and animations: Chemical Bonding http://cas.sdss.org/dr6/en/proj/advanced/spectraltypes/energylevels.asp http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Matter http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electron_configuration http://www.chemguide.co.uk/atoms/propsmenu.html#top http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/chembond/ http://www.footprints-science.co.uk/Chemistry.htm http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8tqfDE6vqcs&feature=related (Ionic Bonding) http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KjoQHqgzda8&feature=related (Chemical Bonding) http://dwb4.unl.edu/chemAnime/ECONFIG/ECONFIG.html (electronic Configuration) http://employees.oneonta.edu/viningwj/sims/atomic_electron_configurations_s1.html (electronic Configuration)

Page 16: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17103 16

http://employees.oneonta.edu/viningwj/sims/atomic_electron_configurations_s2.html (electronic Configuration of Ions) http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/AtomicStructure/PauliHundsRule.htm (Hunds Rule) http://www.quimica3d.com/animations/en-21a.php (Orbital) http://www.ausetute.com.au/lewisstr.html (Lewis Structure) http://winter.group.shef.ac.uk/orbitron/AOs/2p/index.html (Atomic Orbitals) http://ippex.pppl.gov/interactive/matter/molecule.html http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/bonding/typesofBonds.htm (Chemical Bond) Electrochemistry http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electrolysis http://www.chem1.com/acad/webtext/elchem/ http://www.splung.com/content/sid/3/page/batteries www.teachnet-uk.org.uk/...Metals/...metals/Properties%20of%20Meta... http://www.authorstream.com/Presentation/aSGuest33360-286609-froth-flotation-Entertainment-ppt-powerpoint/ http://dwb4.unl.edu/chemAnime/index.htm http://physchem.co.za/OB12-che/electrolysis.htm#copper (Electrochemistry) http://www.mindzeit.com/chemistry.php Metals and Alloys http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Metal Plastic and Rubber http://www.tvo.org/iqm/plastic/animations.html# (Addition Polymerization) http://www.tvo.org/iqm/plastic/animations.html# (Condensation Polymerization) http://www.chemistryland.com/PolymerPlanet/Polymers/PolymerTutorial.htm (Plastic) http://www.elmhurst.edu/~chm/vchembook/403rubber.html (Rubber)

Page 17: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 17

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI

Semester : First

Subject Title : Basic Mathematics

Subject Code : 17104

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

04 01 -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100

Notes:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)

Rationale: Mathematics is the foundation of science and technology. The study of basic mathematics

is helpful to understand concepts of Engineering. This subject enhances logical thinking capability. It also improves the systematic approach in solving engineering problem.

Algebra provides the language and abstract symbols of mathematics. It also helps to use that Language in real-life applications.

Matrix and Determinant topics are helpful for finding optimum solution of system of simultaneous equations which are formed in the various branches of engineering using different parameters.

Trigonometry is the study of triangles and angles. Geometry gives emphasis on understanding the deductive reasoning process. It includes

writing derivations of theorems and giving geometric relationships by reasoning. Co- ordinate geometry plays an important role in Animation, AutoCAD, Computer graphics etc. Contents of this subject will form foundation for further study in mathematics. General Objectives: Student will be able to:

1. Apply Cramer’s rule and matrix method to solve simultaneous equations in three variables.

2. Use concept of allied angle, compound angle, multiple and sub-multiple angles to solve engineering problems.

3. Use factorization and de-factorization formulae to solve examples. 4. Understand the relationship of two variables.

Page 18: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 18

Learning Structure: Application Procedure

Technique of using determinant method and matrix inverse method.

Derivation of formulae and technique of using formulae.

Applying formula for solving examples.

Principle

Expansion of determinant. Adjoint, inverse of matrix, multiplication of matrices. Dispersion

Trigonometric ratios of all angles.

Equations of straight line in different forms.

Concept

Cofactor, determinant of matrix, Mean, Median, Standard Deviation

Allied angle, compound, multiple and sub-multiple angles. Inverse trigonometric ratios.

Angle between lines, point of intersection, standard.

Facts

Numbers, Simultaneous equations, Variance

Angle and trigonometric ratios

Point, slope, intercepts, centre

Solve problems on algebra, trigonometry and geometry for

engineering situations.

Page 19: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 19

Theory

Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic - I Algebra 1.1 -Determinant ----------------------- 04 Specific objectives:

Solve simultaneous equations in three variables using Cramer’s rule . Definition and expansion of determinant of order 3 . Cramer’s rule to solve simultaneous equations in three variables.

04

32

1.2 - Matrices ----------------------- 16 Specific objectives :

Perform all algebraic operations on matrices. Solve simultaneous equations in three variables. Definition of a matrix of order m x n and types of matrices. Algebra of matrices with properties and examples. Transpose of a matrix with properties. Cofactor of an element of a matrix. Adjoint of matrix and inverse of matrix by adjoint method. Solution of simultaneous equations containing two and three

unknowns by matrix inversion method.

10

1.3 -Partial Fraction ------------------------- 12 Specific objectives:

Find partial fraction of proper and improper fraction. Definition of fraction, proper, improper fraction and partial fraction. Resolve proper fractions into partial fraction with denominator

containing i) non repeated linear factors, ii) repeated linear factors, iii) non repeated quadratic irreducible factors.

To resolve improper fraction in to partial fraction.

08

Page 20: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 20

Tutorials: Note: 1) Tutorials are to be used to get enough practice.

1) Make group of 20 students and for each group minimum 10 problems are to be given.

Topic 2- Trigonometry 2.1 Trigonometric Ratios of Allied, Compound, Multiple and Sub-Multiple

Angles ------------------------------------ 16 Specific objectives:

Solve examples of allied angle, compound angle, multiple and sub-multiple angles.

Trigonometric ratios of any angle. Definition of allied angle, compound, multiple and sub-multiple

angles. Trigonometric ratios of above angles with proofs. Simple examples

10

40 2.2 Factorization and De-factorization Formulae ------------------- 12

Specific objectives: Derive factorization and de-factorization formulae to solve examples. Formulae for factorization and de-factorization with proof and

examples.

08

2.3 Inverse Trigonometric Ratios ------------------------- 12

Specific objectives: Solve examples of inverse trigonometric ratios. Definition of inverse trigonometric ratios. Principal value of inverse trigonometric ratios. Relation between inverse trigonometric ratios with proof and

examples.

08

Topic 3- Co –Ordinate Geometry 3.1 Straight Line ------------------------ 16 Specific objectives:

Solve problems with given condition. Angle between two lines with proof. Examples. Condition of parallel and perpendicular lines. Point of intersection of two lines, equation of line passing through

point of intersection with given condition. Perpendicular distance between point and line with proof and

examples. Distance between two parallel line with proof and examples.

10 16

Topic 4 - Statistics 4.1 Measures of Dispersion ---------------------- 12 Specific objectives :

Find the range, mean deviation, standard deviation and consistency of any data.

Measures of dispersion - range, mean deviation from mean and median, and standard deviation.

Variance and its coefficient. Comparisons of two sets of observations.

06 12

Total 64 100

Page 21: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17104 21

List of tutorial:

Learning Resources:

1) Books : Sr. No

Title

Authors

Publication

1 Mathematics for Polytechnic S.P. Deshpande Pune Vidyarthi Griha.

2 Trigonometry S. L. Loney S. Chand Publication 3 Matrices Ayres Schuam series McGraw Hill

4 Higher Engineering Mathematics B. S. Grewal Khanna publication

5 Engineering Mathematics S. S. Sastry Prentice Hall of India

2) Websites : i) www.khan Academy

Sr. No. Topic for tutorial

1 Determinant. 2 Matrices (Algebra of matrices) 3 Matrices (Adjoint , inverse and solution of equations using matrix inversion method ) 4 Partial fraction. 5 Trigonometric ratio of allied, compound, multiple and sub-multiple angles. 6 Factorization and de- factorization formulae. 7 Inverse trigonometric ratios. 8 Straight line. 9 Statistics( Measure of Dispersion)

Page 22: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 22

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX

Semester : First

Subject Title : Engineering Graphics

Subject Code : 17001

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

02 -- 04 -- -- 50# -- 50@ 100

Notes: - 1) Students should use the A3 size sketchbook for class works.

2) Use approximately 570mm×380mm size drawing sheet for term work.

Rationale:

Engineering Graphics is the language of engineers. The concepts of Engineering Graphics

are used to develop, express the ideas, and convey the instructions which are used to carry out jobs

in the field Engineering. The course illustrates the techniques of graphics in actual practice. This

preliminary course aims at building a foundation for the further course in drawing and other allied

subjects. This subject is useful in developing drafting and sketching skills of students.

Objectives:

The student after studying this subject will be able to:-

1) Draw different engineering curves and know their applications.

2) Draw orthographic projections of different objects.

3) Visualize three dimensional objects and draw Isometric Projections.

4) Draw simple geometrical figures using CAD package.

Page 23: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 23

Learning Structure: Problem: Procedure:

Principle: Concept: Facts:

To acquire the skill of visualizing, interpreting and drawing the curves, orthographic projections, and isometric views of

simple components.

Read, understand, visualize, interpret and draw engineering curves, orthographic and isometric views. Prepare drawing

using CAD & Dimensioning Techniques.

Orthographic projection by 1st angle method, Isometric

projections, diagonal scale, plain scale.

Reference planes (HP, VP), projections, isometric axes & scale, locus of points, convention of lines, polygon, dimensioning, engineering drawing IS Code SP-46

Various objects, geometric entities, line, arc circle, computer,

drawing instruments.

Page 24: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 24

Theory:

Name of the Contents Hours1. Principles of Drawing Specific Objective Use Instruments for drawing, Scales, Lines, & there applications. Draw a basic 2-D geometrical entities using CAD. 1.1 Drawing Instruments and their uses Standard sizes of drawing sheets (ISO-A series Letters and numbers (single stroke vertical) Convention of lines and their applications. Scale (reduced, enlarged & full size) plain scale and diagonal scale. Dimensioning technique as per SP-46 (Latest edition) – types and applications of

chain, parallel and coordinate dimensioning

1.2 Introduction to CAD software (Basic commands like draw, modify). Advantages of CAD Geometrical constructions

06

2. Engineering curves & Loci of Points. Specific Objective Draw Conic curves, involute, Cycloid & know their applications Draw helix, spiral, & loci of points from given data.

2.1 Conic Section To draw an ellipse by Arcs of circle method & Concentric circles method. To draw a parabola by Directrix and focus method &Rectangle method To draw a hyperbola by Transverse Axis and focus method & rectangular hyperbola

(Inclined axes). 2.2 Engineering curves To draw involutes of circle & pentagon, To draw a cycloid, epicycloids, hypocycloid To draw Helix & Archimedean spiral. Loci of points on any link of (i) 4 bar mechanism and (ii) Single slider crank

mechanism with given specifications.

09

3. Orthographic projections Specific Objective Visualize, interpret & draw orthographic views from given pictorial view.

3.1 Introduction to Orthographic projections. 3.2 Conversion of pictorial view into Orthographic Views (First Angle

Projection Method Only) – elevation, plan and end view 3.3 Selection of section plains and drawing sectional view (simple object)

08

Chapter 4.Isometric projections Specific Objective Visualize interpret & draw isometric view from given orthographic views 4.1 Isometric scale, comparison of true scale with isometric scale 4.2 Conversion of orthographic views into isometric View / projection

09

Total 32

Page 25: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 25

Practical: Skills to be developed for practical: Intellectual skills:

1. To develop ability to solve problems on geometrical constructions.

2. To develop ability to differentiate between conic and curves

3. Able to interpret the given mechanisms and locus of points.

4. Develop ability to interpret first angle projection method.

5. To interpret and able to solve problem on orthographic projection of given object.

6. Develop ability to differentiate between isometric view and isometric projections.

7. To differentiate between Isometric scale and true scale

Motor Skills:

1. To develop ability to draw the geometrical constructions by computer. Using CAD

2. To develop ability to draw different types of curves.

3. Develop ability to draw orthographic projections by first angle projection method

4. Develop ability to draw isometric views and isometric projections from given

orthographic views of an object using computer.

List of Practical: List of Practical

1.Geometrical Constructions Using CAD - (1 Sheet) Using CAD, draw the following figures with dimensions- Rectangle, circle, pentagon, hexagon, and two composite figures involving tangential exercises. 2. Engineering curves &Loci of points - (1 Sheet) i) Three different curves are to be draw using any one method. ii) Draw locus of point on anyone mechanism 3. Orthographic projections - (Total 2 Sheets) Two objects by first angle projection method – - Full orthographic views -One sheet - Sectional orthographic views–One sheet 4. Isometric projection - (Total 2 sheets) - Isometric views of two objects- One sheet - Isometric projection of two objects – One sheet Learning Resources: - 1. Books: - Sr. No. Author Title Publication

1 N. D. Bhatt Engineering Drawing Charotar Publishing House 2010 2 Amar Pathak Engineering Drawing Dreamtech Press, 2010 3 D.Jolhe Engineering Drawing Tata McGraw Hill Edu., 2010 4 M.B.Shah, Engineering Drawing Pearson, 2010

Page 26: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17001 26

B.C.Rana 5 R. K. Dhawan Engineering Drawing S. Chand Co., Reprint 2010

6 K. L. Narayan, P. Kannaiah

Text Book on Engineering Drawing

Scitech Publications, 24th Reprint August 2011

7 K. Venugopal Engineering Drawing and Graphics + AutoCAD

New Age Publication, Reprint 2006

8 IS Code, SP – 46 Engineering Drawing Practice for schools and colleges

2. Video Cassettes / CD’s

1. Instructional / Learning CD developed by ARTADDICT.

Page 27: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 27

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/FE/IC/IE/IF/IS/IU/ME/

MH/MI/MU/PG/PS/PT

Semester : First

Subject Title : Computer Fundamentals

Subject Code : 17002

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

01 -- 04 -- -- 50* # -- 25@ 75

* On Line Examination

Rationale:

Since early 21st Century the use of Computer has been so rapidly that it is difficult to think

of an area where computers are not being used. It is very desirable that everyone should have good

knowledge of computer.

Main purpose of this subject is how to use a computer for basic needs. This subject covers

application softwares like MS-Word, MS-Excel, MS- PowerPoint.

It is a gateway to wonderful world of information and part of various applications like

business, academic, hospitals, construction, designing, chemical fields and many more.

Intellectual Skills:

Students should be able to:

1. Use of Operating System.

2. Use MS- Word, MS-Excel, MS- PowerPoint, efficiently for documentation.

3. Use browser for accessing Internet.

Motor Skills:

Handle Personal Computer System.

Page 28: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 28

Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Concept Fact

Follow GUI based Instructions.

Basic Principles of Computer System and Hardware Components

GUI based softwares

Word document,

Spreadsheet and

Presentation

Internet

Browser and Explorer

Computer, Peripheral Devices and Application Softwares

Prepare various office documents, Internet Surfing, Application of Computer System in various domains

Page 29: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 29

Contents: Note:

1. It is suggested that the separate batch should be formed for students having less computer background.

2. Contents of theory are to be taught in practical period with the help of LCD projector.

Sr. No Activity/Topics Hours

1 Algorithms-Introduction, Three Basic Operations, Procedures and Programs 1

2

Data Representation- Representing different symbols, minimizing errors, Representing more Symbols, Generic Formula, the ASCII code, the EBCDIC code, Rules of Decimal number System and its conversion to binary

Multimedia- Digital images, analog to digital conversions, digital audio and digital video

2

3

Binary Arithmetic- binary addition, binary subtraction, multiplication and division

Logic Gates- The need for derived gates, Half adder, Full adder, Logical operations

2

4

Data Storage- memory-Main Memory, Memory data transfer, MBR, Memory decoders -1x2,2x4…10x1024, MAR, Address, Data and Control Buses, Load and Store Instructions, Word and Word Length, RAM and ROM, Cache Memory

Data Storage- Disk- Memory Hierarchy, Disk basics – Cylinders, Tracks, Surfaces, Sectors, Relationship between logical and physical records, Disk Controller Architecture, Sector format, Formatting Process, Seek Time, Rotational Delay and Transmission time, The relationship between Application program, Operating System, Disk Controller and the actual disk, CDs, DVD

VDU and Printers-Human-computer interface, Keyboard, Raster Scanning, Frame Buffer, Basics of Graphics, Black and White/ Color Terminals, Text based terminals, LEDs/LCDs, Inkjet Printers, Laser Printer

3

5

Computer Architecture-CPU Registers, Multiplexers, ALU, Instruction Format, Instruction Decoding, Instruction Execution Cycles

Operating System-Concepts of system calls, Multiprogramming, Concepts of Context Switch, Different Services of Operating System, Information Management , Process Management (Process states, Process State Transition, Process Scheduling), Memory Management (Fixed Partition, Variable Partition, Paging, Demand Paging)

2

6

Classification of Computers and applications- Characteristics of Computers, What Computers can do, What computers can’t do, Classification of Digital Computer Systems, Anatomy of a Digital Computer

1

7

Introduction to Computer Usage of computer system in different domains like office, book publication, ticket reservation, banks etc. Components of PC – Mouse, keyboard, CPU, monitor, printers, scanners, modem, memory, sound cards, pen drives.

1

Page 30: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 30

8

Introduction to Operating System( Windows 7) Working with Windows desktop, icons, taskbar, menu bar options, My Documents, My Computer, Control Panel, Recycle bin Concept of drives, folders, files Windows accessories – Notepad, WordPad, paint, clock, calendar, calculator

1

9

GUI Based Software – MS – Office 2010 MS-Word – Opening menus, toolbars, opening and closing documents, clipboard concept MS – Excel – Working and manipulating data with excel, formulas, functions, chart and its types MS – PowerPoint – Working with PowerPoint and presentation ,Changing layout, Graphs , Auto content wizard ,Slide show, Animation effects, Normal, outline, Slide sorter, Reading view.

2

10 Internet

History of Internet, equipments required for Internet connection, browser (Internet Explorer, Mozilla and Firefox, Google Chrome)

1

Total 16 List of Practicals / Activities Sr. No Practicals / Activities

1 Demonstration of above peripheral devices to students

2 Moving from one window to another window Opening task bar buttons into a window. Arranging icons on the desktop and create shortcuts.

3 Creating folders and files. Copy, rename, delete files and folders. Moving folders and files from one drive to another drive.

4 Create and edit notepad document. Create and edit WordPad document. Create paint file by using different drawing tools.

5

Creating, editing, saving word document. Entering and formatting text. Paragraph formatting, use bullets and numbering. Page formatting – page margins, page size, orientation, page break, headers and

footers. Create tables, insert, and delete rows and columns. Printer installation and printing document. Create and print mail merging address for envelop and letters.

6

Create, open and print worksheet with page setup and print options. Enter data and format cells. Select, insert, delete cells, rows and columns. Insert formulas, functions and named ranges in worksheet. Create chart of different types.

7

Create a simple text slide using formatting, Selecting a slide layout. And insert pictures & backgrounds.

Insert auto shapes, clip-arts and form group/un group objects from slides. Apply slide transitions and slide timings and animation effect for slide show

8 Perform Internet connection.

Page 31: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17002 31

Create own e-mail id, send and receive mail with attachment. Searching information using search engine (Google, MSN, bing etc.) Do Internet chatting and understand the chat toolbar. Organize favorite websites in different browsers.

Learning Resources: 1. Books:

Sr.No Author Title Publisher

1 Achyut Godbole Demystifying Computer TMH

2 Alexis Leon Introduction to Computers Vikas Publishing House

3 Vikas Gupta Comdex Computer Course Kit (Windows 7 with Office 2010 ) Dreamtech Press

4 Steve Schwartz Microsoft Office 2010 Pearson 5 Elaine Marmel Microsoft Project 2010 (Bible) Wiley India 6 Preppernau Cox Windows 7 Step by Step PHI

2. Links:

1. http://www.psexam.com 2. http://www.gcflearnfree.org/office 3. http://www.softwaretrainingtutorials.com/ms-project-2010.php 4. http://www.7tutorials.com

List of Equipments/Tool: Hardware Tools-

1. Computer System (Pentium –IV or higher version) 2. Printer 3. Modem 4. Pen Drive

Software Tools-

1. Windows- 7 (Operating System) 2. MS-Office 2010 3. MS- Project 2010 4. Internet Explorer/Mozilla/Chrome/Firefox

Guidelines for Online Exam:

1. Total duration for online examination is an hour. 2. There will be theoretical multiple choice questions. 3. There will be certain practical performance based questions.

Page 32: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 32

Course Name : Civil Engineering Group

Course Code : CE/CR/CS/CV

Semester : First

Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Civil)

Subject Code : 17003

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50

Note: Related theory to be taught during practicals Rationale:

Civil diploma technician is expected to acquire basic workshop skills and should be able to

exhibit them whenever needed during execution of various works. The students are required to

identify, operate and control various machines in different shops of workshop. Selection of

appropriate tools and different equipments will be useful for performing various jobs in carpentry,

welding, fitting, plumbing and sheet metal which are needful for different construction works.

Knowledge of carpentry will be useful in joinery work of doors, windows and other wooden

structures. Knowledge of welding will be useful for fabrication of grill work, prefabricated steel

staircase, railing etc. Topic on fitting will be useful in steel structural works .Plumbing will be

useful for conveying liquid and gas. Knowledge of sheet metal shop will be useful in preparation of

rain water sheds.

Thus knowledge of welding, fitting, carpentry, plumbing and sheet metal will enable the

diploma technician to execute the construction work properly as and where required.

Page 33: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 33

Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Concept Fact

Use of different wood working processes to produce articles like chair, table, chaurang etc. To operate & control machine & tools used in these processes

Use of different welding / fitting processes, to produce articles like shoe stand, corner piece by adopting & developing safety attitude

Use of different Sheet metal processes to produce articles like metal cane, boxes, measuring jar, funnel etc. To operate & control machine & tools used in these

Logical sequence of operation in making wooden joints like marking, planning, chiseling, assembly, polishing etc.

Welding transformer setting, use of flux & electrodes, adjustment of gas flames , chipping, drilling, tapping, & filing.

Logical sequence of operation in making sheet metal jobs like marking, bending, cutting, shearing, lancing, riveting etc.

Wood working principle planning sawing, grooving, chiseling, process, principle to wood working machine & other machine & tools for the above process etc.

Principle of arc welding, gas welding for preparing various joints. Working principle of drilling / tapping machine.

Sheet metal working principle, Cutting, Bending, Greasing, Shearing, operation. Principle of soldering & brazing operation.

Concept of wood working, different joints & polishing.

Concept of welding drilling & tapping cutting parameter

Concept of sheet metal working, different sheet metal joints, operation, riveting & brazing.

Hack saw, try square, chisel, mallet, files, V block, vice, hammer, wood working machine, circular cutting machine, welding machine, transformer, welding rod, flux, safety screen, bench vice, files , surface plate, drilling & taping machine. G.I. pipe, PVC pipe, pipe fitting, pipe fitting symbol, adhesive solvent.

Produce piping system for liquid, gas conveyance. Preparation of articles like circular ring, peg chisel etc.

Selection of proper tools, accessories / pipes (G.I./PVC) fitting for different joints used in piping system. Preparing / threading piping layout.

Principle of pipe threading, Principle of chemical adhesion

Various pipe joints, pipe threading, PVC solvent.

Page 34: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 34

Practicals: Objectives: Skills to be developed: Intellectual skills:

1. Interpret job drawing. 2. Identify proper material, tools, equipments and machines. 3. State the meaning of caulking, fullering, threading etc. 4. Check the job for confirming desired dimension and shape.

Motor skills:

1. Set tools, work piece and machine for desired operation. 2. Operate tools and machines complete job as per job drawing in allotted time. 3. Use safety equipments and follow safety procedures during operation.

1. CONTENTS:

Guidelines for Conduct of Workshop Practicals

1. Assignment given in the practical content shall be performed by the students under the

guidance of workshop Superintendent / subject teacher, Various tools, different Process

(operations) shall be exhibited to the students before writing the assignment. The teacher shall

guide the student for calculating the cost of articles Prepared.

2. Term work shall consists of

1. File containing the assignment.

2. Job drawing, working process etc. written in workshop diary.

3. The term work assessment shall be done with following norms.

Assignments-10 Marks, Workshop diary and job prepared-40 Marks, Total-50 Marks

3. Safety precautions should be observed while working in workshop.

4. Batch shall be formed depending on volume of work.

5. Student shall be guided to calculate the cost of materials and labors required for their job from

the drawing.

Page 35: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 35

Shop And Contents Hours SHOP : 1 WOOD WORKING SHOP Contents Assignment ---------------------------------------------------------02+02

1. Draw sketches of different carpentry tools, wood turning lathe, Label the sketch, write their uses and tools.

2. List five different types of woods used for carpentry. State their Properties. Demonstration------------------------------------------------------02+02

1. Observe operation of different carpentry tools and different Wood working processes like sawing, planning, marking, Chiseling, grooving and wood turning.

2. Practice different wood working processes. Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08

1. Prepare one simple job involving any one joint like mortise and Tenon, dovetail, bridle, half lap etc.

2. Prepare one simple job on turning like rolling pin, chisel handle.

16

SHOP : 2 WELDING SHOP Contents Assignment--------------------------------------------------------------02

1. Describe in brief the process of ARC welding, gas welding, gas Cutting. State the situation where each is used.

2. List points for selection of welding rod material, size of welding Rod, different types of flame, sketch of elementary symbolic Representation in welding.

3. Safety precautions in welding, safety equipment and it’s use in Welding process. Demonstration----------------------------------------------------------02

1. Observe operation of ARC welding, gas welding, gas cutting Rebuilding of broken parts with welding.

Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08 1. Prepare one simple job involving butt and lap joint.

12

SHOP : 3 FITTING SHOP Contents Assignment--------------------------------------------------------------02

1. Draw the sketches of marking/measuring, cutting, holding and Striking tools. Write their purpose and care to be taken.

2. Write component parts and working principle of drilling Machine and its use. 3. Prepare list of power tools, tapping dies, raw sketches of the Same and write the

use. Demonstration----------------------------------------------------------02

1. Observe different fitting, power tools and drilling machine. 2. Observe different operations in fitting shop like chipping filing Right angle

making, drilling, cutting, tapping. Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08 1. Prepare one simple job involving practice of chipping, filing, Drilling, tapping,

cutting etc.

12

Page 36: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 36

Shop And Contents Hours

SHOP : 4 PLUMBING SHOP Contents Assignment--------------------------------------------------------------02

1. Identify different types of pipes as G.I., PVC, flexible, rigid As per material used and function.

2. Identify different types of pipe fittings and accessories required For different types of pipes.

3. Identify different types of adhesives, solvents and chemicals. Demonstration----------------------------------------------------------02

1. Observe the operations of PVC pipe fittings using adhesives, Solvents and chemicals.

2. Preparation of actual drawing for pipeline layout for PVC And G.I. pipe. Calculation of bill of materials.

3. Preparing actual pipeline layout for PVC, G.I. pipe. Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08

1. Prepare one job of simple pipe joint with nipple coupling for Pipe. Pipe threading using standard die sets.

12

TOPIC : 5 SHEET METAL SHOP Contents Assignment--------------------------------------------------------------02

1. Draw the sketches of various types of tools, equipments and Accessories used in sheet metal shop. Also mention their use.

2. Write safety precautions to be taken while working in shop. Demonstration----------------------------------------------------------02

1. Observe different sheet metal operations like sheet cutting, Bending, edging, curling, lancing, soldering and riveting.

Job------------------------------------------------------------------------08 1. Prepare one simple job involving sheet metal operations and soldering and

riveting.

12

Total 64 Learning Resources:

1. Books: Sr. No. Name of Author Name of Books Publisher

01 S. K. Hajara Chaudhary Workshop Technology Media promoters and publisher, New Delhi

02 B. S. Raghuwanshi Workshop Technology Dhanpat rai & Sons, New Delhi

03 R. K. Jain Production Technology Khanna Publishers, New Delhi

04 S. G. Deolalilkar Plumbing ( Design & Practice) M C Grawhill New Delhi 05 H. S. Bawa Workshop Practice II Edition M C Grawhill New Delhi

06 -- Kent’s Mechanical Engineering Hand book

John Wiley and sons New York.

2. CBI Packages Developed by NITTTR Bhopal

Page 37: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17003 37

3. Transparencies

4. Website

a) www.copper.org

b) www.wikipedia.com/plumbing

c) www.howstuffwork.com

Page 38: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17004 38

Course Name : Electrical Engineering / Electrical Power System.

Course Code : EE/EP

Semester : First

Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Electrical)

Subject Code : 17004

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPERS HRS. TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50

Notes: Related theory will be taught during practical period.

Rationale: -

For a diploma engineer in Electrical Engineering it is essential to know some basic

workshop skills. In the world of work students are required to supervisor, maintenance of

equipment, where he needs the knowledge of basic workshop skills such as welding, Soldering,

Sheet metal working, drilling, tapping etc.

General Objectives:

The Students will be able to: -

• Use the knowledge of sheet metal working & welding for preparing Panels, Switch boxes

etc.

• Use various drills for electrical wiring Installation.

• Make Joints for various types of wiring such as casing capping, conduit wiring & mounting

of accessories& cabling.

Page 39: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17004 39

Learning Structure: Application:- Procedure:- Concept:-

Facts:-

Making of important spare parts and work processes used for

Electrical control panels as well as works can be made available easily in the workshop.

Selection of material, Working processes, Proper tools selection,

Properly use of machinery & Equipment’s can be easily understood & handled.

Working principle of welding transformer, electrical spot welding

transformer, Machinery, Equipment’s Handling techniques.

Various workshop tools like cutting, drilling, crimping,

hammering, pressing, etc. Various machinery & equipment’s like Electric welding, spot welding, Gas welding, motor operated

cutting, drilling machinery etc.

Page 40: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17004 40

Practicals:

Name of The Topic and Contents Hours 01. Demonstration of Power Tools & Practice of Utility Items.

• Advanced power tools e.g. Pneumatic Spanner, Lifting. • Tools for cutting & drilling [Manually operating tools & table mounted

motor operated]. • Electrical wiring tools & accessories e. g Portable drilling ,Hammering,

Crimping etc.

04

02. Welding Shop. Introduction & Demonstration to joints of metal and sheet metal pieces, various type of welding machines ,How to use , current setting, Earthing connections etc.& any one composite job involving Butt, Lap joints from the following working pieces of .

• Window Frame, Table Frame, Supporting Frame.[Electric welding] • Sheet metal pieces.[Gas & OR Electric spot welding]

12

03. Plumbing Shop. Demonstration of PVC pipe joints with various PVC fittings & accessories.One job per one group of 05 students.

08

04. Sheet Metal Shop. Introduction to sheet metal works like Bending, Cutting, Welding etc. & any one composite job from the following list along with guidance of supervisor & concerned teacher. [Note- Job shall be prepared of slandered size similar to sealable or marketable article] from list of article given below. One job per one group of 05 students.

• Display board, • Panel board, • Switch box.

12

05. Turning Shop. The turning job work shall be initially explained with pre designed drawing & following three parts of work should be done on one job per group of five students 1] Introduction& Demonstration with utility practice of various turning activities

like, Marking, Measuring, Cutting, Holding, & Striking tools. 8 Hrs 2] Any one job from following list. One job per one group of 05 students.

• Plain & Taper turning. • Threading & Knurling 10 Hrs

3] Job related to Drilling & Tapping. One job per one group of 05 students. 10 Hrs

28

Total 64 Skills to be developed:

Intellectual Skills:

Selection of material, Tools, &Equipments for the process of Cutting,

Drilling, Welding, Turning, & Tapping on metal & sheet metal job works

Method of welding joints, Fabrication process,

Interpretation of Drawing

Page 41: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17004 41

Motor Skills:

Marking, Measuring, Holding, Striking, cutting, Drilling, Tapping process.

Handling of power tools, Machinery for various processes

Learning Resources: Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the book Edition Name of the Publisher

1. S.K.HazaraChoudhari. Workshop Technology. -- Media promotion & Publication New Delhi.

2. B.S. Raghuvanshi. Workshop Technology. --- Dhanpatrai& sons New Delhi

3. R.K. Jain. Production Technology. -- KhannaPublication New Delhi.

4. H.S.Bawa. Workshop Technology. -- Tata Mc-Graw, Hill Publication New Delhi.

• ISO, IS, BS standards, Data Sheets, IE Rules Handbook, Charts, Models, CDs, Transparencies,

Websites, PPTs.

Page 42: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17005 42

Course Name : Electronics Engineering Group

Course Code : DE/ED/EI/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/IU/MU

Semester : First

Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Electronics Group)

Subject Code : 17005

Teaching & Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50

Rationale:

Electronic diploma technicians are expected to know basic workshop practice like wood

working, sheet metal, fitting and soldering. This subject will develop skills in handling various

mechanical, electrical and electronics tools.

The students are required to select and use various tools & equipments related to wood

working, sheet metal process, soldering and desoldering techniques required in electronic project

work.

General Objectives:

After studying this subject student will be able to:

1. Read and interpret the drawing.

2. Draw sketch for given job.

3. Use specification tables.

4. Decide Sequence of procedure.

5. Recognize, identify and use of various tools used in soldering.

6. Use of soldering technique for efficient repair work.

Skills to be developed:

Intellectual Skills:

1. Ability to read job drawing.

2. Ability to identify and select proper material, tools, equipments and machine.

3. Ability to select proper parameters (like cutting speed, feed, depth cut use of lubricants) in

machine.

4. Ability to select proper material, tools and techniques used in soldering.

Page 43: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17005 43

Motor Skills:

1. Ability to set tools, work piece, and machines for desired operations.

2. Ability to complete job as per job drawing in allotted time.

3. Ability to use safety equipment and follow safety procedures during operations.

4. Ability to prepare and inspect the job for confirming desired dimensions and shape.

5. Ability to acquire hands-on experience in soldering.

Note:

1. Note: The related theoretical contents be taught during practical

2. The practical indicated in topic number 1 , 2 & 3 will be performed in the general

workshop while practical indicated in topic number 4,5 & 6 will be conducted in the

electronics laboratory.

3. Assessment will be done by workshop dept. and electronics dept. separately for 25 marks

each. And average of both will be converted as per teaching scheme.

4. Mark sheet will be submitted by Electronics Department.

Sr. No. Details of Practical Contents

1

WOOD WORKING SHOP: • Demonstration of different wood working tools / machines, wood working processes,

like planning, marking, chiseling, grooving, turning of wood etc. • One simple job of preparing switch board or any other similar job

2.

FITTING SHOP: • Demonstration of different fitting tools and drilling machines and power tools , different

operations like chipping, filing, drilling, tapping, cutting etc. • One simple fitting job involving practice of filing, drilling, tapping, cutting etc. Such as

Regulator Heat sink, Transistor Heat Sink or any other similar job

3

SHEET METAL SHOP: • Demonstration of different sheet metal tools / machines., different sheet metal operations

like sheet cutting, bending, edging, end curling, lancing , soldering and riveting. • One simple job involving sheet metal operations and soldering and riveting. Such as

Battery Eliminator Box or any other similar job

4

IDENTIFICATION OF ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS: Drawing of symbols / conventions of components, devices, electromechanical switches,

relays, Displays, connectors and cables used in Electronics and Electrical engineering. Identify electromechanical components; write down the technical specifications using

datasheet / Manual. Collect the catalog from market / internet for instruments, tools required for electronic

workshop and write down the specification, cost and name of the manufacturer with the help of catalog. (Catalogs of Multimeter. Power supply , function generator, CRO).

5 ELECTRONIC SOLDERING SHOP:

Page 44: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17005 44

Introduction and Demonstration of soldering and desoldering tools like normal soldering gun, temperature controlled soldering gun, soldering metals, soldering flux, soldering pot, Desoldering gun, desoldering pump, desoldering mesh.

Demonstration of different soldering techniques like hand soldering, wave soldering and dip soldering

One simple job involving soldering and desoldering of electronic components

6

HANDS ON SKILLS Assembly of electrical extension board (Extension board used, which is prepared in

carpentry) Heat sink fitting to regulator (heat sink used, which is prepared in Fitting shop ) Continuity testing using Multimeter

Learning Resource: Books:

Sr. No Books Author Publication

1. Troubleshooting Electronic Equipment R.S.Khandpur Tata McGraw Hill

2. Electronic Components Handbook Thomas H. Jones Reston Publishing Company

Page 45: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 45

Course Name : Mechanical Engineering / Chemical Engineering

Course Code : AE/CH/FE/ME/MH/MI/PG/PT/PS

Semester : First

Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Mechanical & Chemical Group)

Subject Code : 17006

Teaching & Examination Scheme

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50

Rationale:

Diploma Mechanical Engineer is expected to develop basic workshop skills in wood

working, Welding, sheet metal and plumbing.

Students are require to identify, select and use different kinds of tools, such as marking,

measuring,, cutting, supporting, striking and various holding devices.

These workshop practices are commonly used in engineering industries. Knowledge of

Basic Workshop Practice and Workshop Practice enables students to use in preparing composite

jobs.

General Objectives: The student will able to

Know basic workshop processes.

Read and interpret job drawing, plan various operations and make assembly.

Identify and select the proper material for the job undertaken.

Identify, select and use various marking, measuring, holding, striking and cutting tools &

equipments.

Operate, control different machines and equipment in respective shops.

Inspect the job for specified dimensions

Produce and inspect the jobs as per specified dimensions.

Adopt safety practices while working on various machines.

Page 46: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 46

Learning Structure: Application

Procedure

Principle

Concept

Facts

Hand saw, Try square, Chisel, Jack planes, Mallet, Files, vice, hammer, Wood working machine,

Concept of woodworking, different wooden joints and polishing.

Concept of sheet metal working, different sheet metal joints, operations, riveting, brazing and soldering

Wood working principle, planning, sawing, grooving, chiseling process. Principle of wood working machine and other machines and tools for the above processes

Sheet metal working principle, developing surfaces, cutting, bending, creasing, shearing operations. Principles of soldering and brazing operation,

Logical sequence of operation in making wooden joints like marking, planning, chiseling, assembly, polishing etc

Logical sequence of operation, in making sheet metal jobs like marking, bending, cutting shearing, lancing riveting etc

Use different wood working processes to produce articles like chair, table, chaurang etc. To operate and control machines and tools used in these processes.

Various pipe joints, Pipe threading. PVC solvents

Principle of pipe threading, principle of chemical adhesion,

Selection of proper tools accessories / pipes (G.I./PVC) fittings, Preparing/reading piping layout

G. I. Pipes, PVC pipe, Pipe fittings, Pipe fitting symbols, Adhesive solvents, Threading dies and taps, pipe wrench

Hand sheer, Mallet, pliers, soldering iron, Stakes chisels.

Select and use different pipe joints and fittings to produce piping

Use different Sheet metal processes to produce articles like metal can, boxes, measuring jar, funnel etc. To operate and control machines and tools used in these processes.

Welding transformer setting, use of flux and Electrodes, adjustment of gas flames, chipping, Drilling, tapping and filing

Welding transformer setting, use of flux and Electrodes, adjustment of gas flames, chipping, Drilling, tapping and Filing

Principle of arc Welding, gas welding for preparing various Joints. Working principle of drilling /tapping machine,

Concept of welding Different welding Joints, drilling and Tapping and cutting Parameter

Welding Transformer, Welding Rod, Flux, Safety Screen, Bench vice, files, Surface plate, try square,

Page 47: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 47

Practical:

Note: The related theoretical contents be taught during practical

Skill to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Ability to read and interpret job drawing and plan operations 2. Ability to identify and select proper material, tools, equipments and machines. 3. Ability to select proper operational parameters

Psychomotor Skills: 1. Ability to set tools, work piece, and machines for desired operations. 2. Ability to complete job as per job drawing in allotted time. 3. Ability to use safety equipment and follow safety procedures during operations. 4. Ability to inspect the job for confirming desired dimensions and shape. 5. Ability to acquire hands-on experience.

List of Practical: Sr. No Topic Objectives Details of Practical Contents Hrs.

01

To appreciate the importance of

wood working in engineering works To select the proper wood material

for the job undertaken

To identify and use various marking , measuring, cutting, striking and inspection tools used in wood working

WOOD WORKING SHOP: Demonstration of different wood working tools and machines. Demonstration of different wood working processes, like planning, marking, chiseling, grooving, turning of wood etc. One simple job involving any one joint like mortise and tenon, dovetail, bridle, half lap etc for each students

14

02

To appreciate the importance of

Welding in engineering works To select the proper Steel material

and proper welding machine for the job undertaken

To identify and use various marking

, measuring, cutting, striking and inspection tools used in Welding

WELDING SHOP : Demonstration of different welding tools / machines. Demonstration on Arc Welding, Gas Welding, gas cutting and rebuilding of broken parts with welding. One simple job involving butt and lap joint. For each students

12

03

To appreciate the importance of

Plumbing operations in engineering works

PLUMBING SHOP: Demonstration of different plumbing tools

14

Page 48: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 48

To select the proper grade and type of different pipes required for the job undertaken.

To indentify and use various marking , measuring, cutting, striking and inspection tools used in Plumbing section

Demonstration of different operations in plumbing, observing different pipe joints and pipe accessories. Different samples of PVC pipes and PVC pipe fittings. One job on simple pipe joint with nipple coupling for standard pipe. Pipe threading using standard die sets. (For each student) Demonstration of PVC pipe joint with various fittings. Exercise for students on preparing actual pipeline layout for G.I. Pipe or PVC pipe. Preparing actual drawing and bill of material.

04

To appreciate the importance of

Sheet metal operations in engineering works

To select the proper gauge and type

of different G.I. sheets required for the job undertaken.

To indentify and use various marking , measuring, cutting, striking and inspection tools used in Sheet Metal section section

SHEET METAL SHOP: Demonstration of different sheet metal tools / machines. Demonstration of different sheet metal operations like sheet cutting, bending, edging, end curling, lancing, soldering and riveting. One simple job involving sheet metal operations and soldering and riveting. For each student. One composite job from the following: Letter box, Trunk, Grain Container, Water-heater Container, Bucket, Waste Paper Basket, Cooler Tray, Water-draining Channel, etc. (including soldering and riveting) [Batch size should be selected depending on volume of work. Job allotted should comprise of 4-6 hours of actual working ions. Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor cost required for their job from the drawing.}

16

Assignments: ------------------------------------------------------------------- 8 hours

A journal shall consist of one assignment each on the topics 1 to 4 mentioned above.

Each assignment shall consist of –

Page 49: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17006 49

Procedural steps in completing a given job

Description and drawings of different tools used

List of safety equipments used and safety rules observed during working

Notes:

1] The subject teacher should provide necessary theory inputs to students of all shops before

their actual practical.

2] The instructor shall give demonstration to the students by preparing a specimen job as per

the job drawing.

3] The workshop diary shall be maintained by each student duly signed by instructor of

respective shop

4] Workshop Tool Manual at institute level shall be provided to the students

5] Out of 50 marks allotted for term work, 40 marks are for actual jobs completed and 10

marks for assignment.

Learning Resources: Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher / Edition

01 S.K. Hajara Chaudhary Workshop Technology Media Promotors and

Publishers, New Delhi

02 B.S. Raghuwanshi Workshop Technology Dhanpat Rai and sons, New

Delhi

03 H.S.Bawa Workshop Practice Tata McGraw Hill Publishers,New Delhi

04 Kent’s Mechanical Engineering Hand book- John Wiley and Sons, New York

05 P. Kannaiah and K. L. Narayana Workshop Manual SCITECH Publications

06 Electronics Trade & technology Development Corporation.(A Govt. of India undertaking) Akbar Hotel Annex, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi- 110 021

CDs, PPTs Etc.: Learning Materials Transparencies and CDs, CBT Packages developed by N.I.T.T.E.R. and

other organizations Refer website www.npkauto.com for Workshop Tool Manual Workshop Manual by P. Kannaiah and K. L. Narayana , SCITECH Publications

Page 50: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17007 50

Course Name : Computer Engineering Group

Course Code : CD/CM/CO/CW/IF

Semester : First

Subject Title : Basic Workshop Practice (Computer)

Subject Code : 17007

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50

Rationale:

This subject is essential for creating awareness of computers for the students. It gives hands

on experience of computer operation to the students. It introduces basic components of computers

and method and means to connect them to the system.

Since the dirt can affect reliability and performance of various components, cleaning of

components become one of the essential activity of basic maintenance. This subject demonstrates

steps in cleaning and handling various components, handling problems with component

connections. This subject gives the basic knowledge required for PC architecture and maintenance.

General Objectives:

The student will be able to:

Understand basic components of computers.

Connect peripheral devices.

Clean various devices like Keyboard, mouse, printers, motherboard.

Park and eject the papers over the printer.

Write Data on the CD.

Scan documents and images.

Understand front panel and back panel connections.

Connection of Pen drives and DVD's

Page 51: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17007 51

Learning Structure

Identify components of computer system, Internal parts, Connecting peripheral devices, Make front panel and back panel connections, Know Cleaning Devices, Make settings of peripheral devices.

Applications

Procedure

Principles & Concepts

Facts

Connection of Internal component

Connection of peripheral devices to different ports

Cleaning peripheral devices

Make settings of different devices

Identify, Connectivity and availability of different components

Input Devices

Output Devices

Internal components

Cables and connectors

Page 52: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17007 52

Related Theoretical Contents Note: The related theoretical contents be taught during practical

Topic/Subtopic 1. Introduction to Various External Peripheral Devices

Different types of keyboards Different types of Mouse Different types of Scanners Different types of Modems Different types of printers CD writers, speakers, CD read /write drive Microphones, LCD projectors, Pen drives, DVD drive Different types of Monitors

2. Introduction to Various Internal Devices Different makes of hard disks Different types of network Interface cards Different types of cables such as data cables, printer cables, network cables, power

cables etc. Different types of floppy disk Motherboard connection Graphics Card connection Network Interface card connection

3. Physical Connections of different peripheral Devices Connection of Mouse to different ports Connection of keyboards to different ports Connection of Monitors Connection of Printers Different switch settings of printers Printer's self test Jumper settings of hard disks Attaching FDD,HDD and CD drives Attaching Pen Drives and DVDs Attaching Scanners

Assignments:

1. Observe all the peripheral devices available in the lab. Describe them in detail. 2. Demonstration of system configuration using CMOS setup. 3. Study of different ports such as serial, parallel, PS/2, RJ 45, USB ports. 4. How to write data on CD, DVD 5. Observe different printer settings on different types of printers available in your lab.

Write down the function of each switch. 6. Demonstration of printer's self test.

Page 53: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17007 53

7. Connection of speakers and microphones. 8. Observe and describe different types of cables in your lab. 9. Cleaning procedures of Mouse, Keyboard and Motherboard. 10. How to connect scanner, scan documents and pictures on the scanner available in your

lab. Sample printout be attached 11. Making jumper settings on hard disk. 12. Different types of cards such as graphics card, LAN card, multimedia cards etc.

Learning Resources: Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

01 Mr. David Stone & Alfred Poor Troubleshooting Your PC Prentice Hall India

02 David Groth A+ Complete BPB Publication

03 Balasubramaniam Computer Installation and Servicing Tata McGraw Hill

04 Manuals Reference Manuals of PC troubleshooting and maintenance --

Page 54: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Updated on 11/10/2012 1

MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES

COURSE NAME : ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING GROUP COURSE CODE : EE/EP DURATION OF COURSE : SIX SEMESTERS WITH EFFECT FROM 2012-13 SEMESTER : SECOND DURATION : 16 WEEKS FULL TIME / PART TIME : FULL TIME SCHEME : G

SR. NO SUBJECT TITLE abbrevi

ation SUB

CODE

TEACHING SCHEME

EXAMINATION SCHEME SW

(17200) PAPER HRS.

TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) TH TU PR Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

1 Communication Skills $ CMS 17201 02 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10

50

2 Engineering Mechanics β EGM 17204 03 01 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10

3 Applied Science Physics APH 17210 02 -- 02 02 50 100 40 25@ 50 20 -- -- -- -- Chemistry ACH 17211 02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- -- --

4 Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering FEE 17214 04 -- 02 03 100 40 25# 10 -- -- 25@ 10

5 Engineering Mathematics $ EMS 17216 03 01 -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- -- 6 Development of Life Skills $ DLS 17010 01 -- 02 -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 -- --

Total 17 02 12 -- 500 -- 75 -- 50 -- 75 -- 50 Student Contact Hours Per Week: 31 Hrs. THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH. Total Marks : 750 @ - Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $ - Common to all branches, β - Common to CE, ME, EE and CH Groups Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Term Work, SW- Sessional Work Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional work

(SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms Code number for TH, PR, OR, TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.

Applied Science is divided into two parts- Applied Science (Physics) and Applied Science (Chemistry). Theory examination of both parts as well as practical examination of both parts will be conducted on separate days. Sum of theory marks of both parts shall be considered for passing theory examination of Applied Science. Similarly it is also applicable to practical examination. It is mandatory to appear theory and practical examination of both parts. Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.

Candidate remaining absent in examination of any one part of Applied Science subject i.e. Physics, Chemistry will be declare as Absent in Mark List and has to appear for examination. The marks of the part for which candidate was present will not be processed or carried forward.

Page 55: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 2

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/X/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX

Semester : Second

Subject Title : Communication Skills

Subject Code : 17201

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

02 -- 02 03 100 -- 25# 25@ 150

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)

Rationale:

In this age of globalization, competition is tough. Hence effective communication skills are

important. Communication skills play a vital and decisive role in career development. The subject

of Communication Skills introduces basic concepts of communication. It also describes the verbal,

non-verbal modes and techniques of oral & written communication.

It will guide and direct to develop a good personality and improve communication skills.

General Objectives:

Students will be able to:

1. Utilize the skills necessary to be a competent communicator. 

2. Select and apply the appropriate methods of communication in various situations.   

         

Page 56: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 3

Learning Structure:

Application Procedure Principles Concepts Facts

To enable the students to communicate effectively by using the concept of communication, appropriate non-verbal and writing skills

Techniques of

communicating in organizational and

social context

Principles governing

the appropriate use of

non-verbal skills

Techniques of

effective writing

Principle of comprehending

the basics of

Communication

Principles of appropriation and

contextualization of the

use of body language

Principle of drafting

coherent, logical & Simple Sentences.

Concept of formal,

informal, verbal, nonverbal types of

Communication

Concept of body

language

Designing the

message

Theory of

Communication

Theory of non-verbal

Skills (Body language)

Formats of letters,

Reports, office Drafting

Page 57: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 4

Theory

Name of the Topic Hours Marks

Topic 01 - Introduction to Communication: Specific Objective: Describe the process of communication.

Contents:

Definition of communication Process of communication Types of communication -- Formal, Informal, Verbal,

Nonverbal, Vertical, Horizontal, Diagonal

06 16

Topic 02 - Effective communication Specific Objective: Identify the principles and barriers in the communication process

Contents:

Principles of communication. Barriers to communication

a. Physical Barrier: Environmental ( time, noise, distance & surroundings), Personal (deafness, stammering, ill-health, spastic, bad

handwriting) b. Mechanical : Machine oriented c. Psychological: Day dreaming, prejudice, emotions, blocked

mind, generation gap, phobia, status inattentiveness, perception.

d. Language : Difference in language, technical jargons, pronunciation & allusions.

08 20

Topic 03 - Non verbal & Graphical communication: Specific Objectives: Effective use of body language & nonverbal codes View and interpret graphical information precisely.

Contents: 3.1 Non- verbal codes: [08 Marks]

Proxemics, Chronemics Artefacts

3.2 Aspects of body language ( Kinesics) [10 Marks] Facial expression Eye contact Vocalics, paralanguage Gesture Posture Dress & appearance Haptics

08 28

Page 58: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 5

3.3 Graphical communication [10 Marks]

Advantages & disadvantages of graphical communication Tabulation of data & its depiction in the form of bar graphs

& pie charts. Topic 04 - Listening Specific Objective: Effective use of listening

Contents:

Introduction to listening Listening versus hearing Merits of good listening Types of listening. Techniques of effective listening.

02 08

Topic 05 - Formal Written Communication Specific Objectives: Use different formats of formal written skills.

Contents:

Office Drafting: Notice , memo & e-mail Job application with resume. Business correspondence: Enquiry letter, order letter ,complaint

letter, adjustment letter. Report writing: Accident report, fall in production, investigation

report. Describing objects & giving instructions

08 28

32 100

Skills to be developed in practical:

Intellectual Skills:

1. Analyzing given situation.

2. Expressing thoughts in proper language.

Motor Skills:

1. Presentation Skills focusing on body language.

2. Interpersonal skills of communication

Journal will consist of following assignments:

01: Draw the diagram of communication cycle for given situation.

State the type and elements of communication involved in it.

02: Graphics:- a) Draw suitable bar-graph using the given data. b) Draw suitable pie-chart using the given data.

Page 59: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17201 6

03: Role play: Teacher should form the group of students based on no. of characters in the situation. Students should develop the conversation and act out their roles.

04: Collect five pictures depicting aspects of body language from different sources such as

magazines, newspapers, internet etc. State the type and meaning of the pictures. NOTE: The following assignments should be performed by using Language Software. 05 Practice conversations with the help of software. 06 Describe people/personalities with the help of software and present in front of your batch. 07 Prepare and present elocution (three minutes) on any one topic with the help of software. 08 Describe any two objects with the help of software. Learning Resources:

Web Sites for Reference:

Sr. No Website Address

01 Website: www.mindtools.com/page8.html-99k

02 Website: www.khake.com/page66htm/-72k

03 Website: www.BM Consultant India.Com

04 Website: www.letstak.co.in

05 Website: www.inc.com/guides/growth/23032.html-45k

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

01 MSBTE, Mumbai. Text book of Communication Skills MSBTE, Mumbai. 02 MSBTE, Mumbai. CD On Communication Skills MSBTE 03 Joyeeta Bhattacharya Communication Skills Reliable Series

04 Communication Skills Sanjay Kumar, Pushpa Lata Oxford University Press

Page 60: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17204 7

Course Name : Civil, Chemical, Mechanical and Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CR/CS/CV/EE/EP/FE/ME/MH/MI/PG/PT/PS

Semester : Second

Subject Title : Engineering Mechanics

Subject Code : 17204

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 01 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)

Rationale: In day to day life we come across different structures, at the time design of the structures

analysis plays an important role. Perfect analysis is possible only when one known the types and

effect of forces acting on the structure.

This subject provides knowledge about the different types of forces/loads their effects while

acting in different conditions/systems. The subject also provides the knowledge about basic

concepts of laws of engineering, their application to different engineering problem.

This subjects work as a prerequisite for future subjects such as MOS, SOM, DOS, TOM,

DOM. Etc.

General Objectives: The students will able to:

Understand the effect of different types of coplanar forces.

Apply Principles of equilibrium in finding reactions of different types of beams.

Apply principles of equilibrium for locating centroid and centre of gravity for given

solids.

Understand working of different types of machines.

Page 61: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17204 8

Learning Structure: Applications Procedure Principles Concept Fact

Analysis of forces acting on a body, Reactions of beams, Velocity Ration, Mechanical Advantage, efficiency of various Lifting machines

and center of Gravity of thin lamina and solids.

Methods to find component of

force and resultant of

forces

To find

Moment of a force couple

To find out Support

Reactions for Beam, Center

of Gravity

Calculate Velocity Ratio,

Mechanical advantage, efficiency

Principle of transmissibility,

Law of parallelogram of

forces

Varignon’s Theorem

Lami’s

Theorem, Centroid

Law of Machine

Component

and Resultant

Moment of a force

Equilibrium and center of

gravity

Friction

Concept of Velocity

ratio, Mechanical advantage, Efficiency

Force, Body, Weight, Length, Time, Simple Machine

Page 62: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17204 9

Theory Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1: Simple Machines Specific Objectives:

Calculate velocity ratio for given machine.

Find Efficiency of given machine.

Contents:

1.1 Definitions : …………………………………………..... (06 Marks)

Simple machine, compound machine , load , effort , mechanical advantage ,

velocity ratio , input of a machine ,output of a machine efficiency of a machine

, ideal machine, ideal effort and ideal load, load lost in friction, effort lost in

friction.

1.2 Analysis : …………………………………………..... (04 Marks)

Law of machine, maximum mechanical advantage and maximum

efficiency of a machine, reversibility of a machine, condition for

reversibility of a machine, self locking machine. Simple numerical

problems.

1.3 Velocity Ratio for simple machines : …………….... (10 Marks)

Simple axle and wheel, differential axle and wheel, Weston’s differential pulley

block, single purchase crab, double purchase crab, worm and worm wheel,

geared pulley block, screw jack, calculation of mechanical advantage,

efficiency, identification of type such as reversible or not etc.

08 20

Topic 2 : Force systems

Specific Objectives :

Define related terms in mechanics.

Calculate Components of forces.

Contents:

2.1 Fundamentals and Force systems: ………………. (04 Marks)

Definitions of mechanics, Engineering mechanics, statics, dynamics, Kinetics,

Kinematics, rigid body, classification of force system according to plane

coplanar and non coplanar ,sub classification of coplanar force system-

collinear , concurrent, non concurrent, parallel, like parallel, unlike parallel,

general etc. Definition of a force, S.I. unit of a force, representation of a force

by vector and by Bow’s notation method. Characteristics of a force, effects of a

06 12

Page 63: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17204 10

force, principle of transmissibility.

2.2 Resolution of a force and Moment of a force: …………….. (08 Marks)

Definition, Method of resolution, along mutually perpendicular direction and

along two given direction. Definition of moment, S. I. unit, classification of

moments, sign convention, law of moments Varignon’s theorem of moment

and it’s use, definition of couple, S.I. unit, properties of couple with example.

Topic 3 : Composition of Forces

Specific Objectives:

Calculate resultant analytically for given force system.

Calculate resultant graphically.

Contents:

3.1 Analytical method: ……………………………………… (10 Marks)

Definition of Resultant force, methods of composition of forces, Law

Of parallelogram of forces, Algebraic method for determination of

resultant for concurrent and non concurrent, parallel coplanar force

system.

3.2 Graphical method: …………………………………………... (10 Marks)

Space diagram, vector diagram, polar diagram, and funicular polygon.

Resultant of concurrent and parallel force system only.

10 20

Topic 4: Equilibrium Specific Objectives:

State conditions of equilibrium for given force system.

Calculate reactions of beams for different static loading.

Contents:

4.1 Equilibrant and Lami’s Theorem: ……………………………. (12 Marks)

Definition of equilibrant, relation between resultant and equilibrant,

equilibrant of concurrent and non-concurrent force system. Analytical and

graphical conditions of equilibrium for concurrent, non-concurrent and parallel

force system, free body and free body diagram. Statement and explanation of

Lami’s theorem, Application of Lami’s theorem for solving various

engineering problems.

4.2 Beams:……………………………………………………… (08 Marks)

Definition, Types of beams (cantilever, simply supported, overhanging, fixed,

continuous), Types of end supports (simple support, hinged, roller),

classification of loads, point load, inclined point load, uniformly distributed

08 20

Page 64: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17204 11

load. Analytical method to determine reactions of simply supported, cantilever

and over hanging beam subjected to point loads and UDL and graphical

method to determine reactions for beams subjected to vertical point loads &

udl only.

Topic 5: Friction: Specific Objectives:

Define terms related to friction.

Apply conditions of equilibrium for forces acting on a body associated

with friction.

Contents:

5.1 Definition: …………………………………………… (04 Marks)

Friction, limiting frictional force, coefficient of friction, angle of

friction, angle of repose, relation between angle of friction, angle of

repose and coefficient of friction. Cone of friction, types of friction,

laws of friction, advantages and disadvantages.

5.2 Equilibrium of body on Horizontal and inclined plane:……. (08 Marks)

Equilibrium of body on horizontal plane subjected to horizontal and inclined

force. Equilibrium of body on inclined plane subjected to forces applied

parallel to the plane only. Concept of ladder fraction.

08 12

Topic 6 : Centroid and Centre Of Gravity: Specific Objectives:

Calculate centroid of composite plain figures.

Calculate centre of gravity of composite solids.

Contents:

6.1 Centroid:……………………………………………. (08 Marks)

Definition of centroid. Moment of an area about an axis. Centroid of

basic geometrical figures such as square, rectangle, triangle, circle,

semicircle and quarter circle. Centroid of composite figure with not

more than three geometrical figures.

6.2 Center of gravity:……………………………………… (08 Marks)

Definition, center of gravity of simple solids such as cylinder, sphere,

hemisphere, cone, cube, and rectangular block. Centre of gravity of

composite solids with not more than Two simple solids. (Hollow solids

are not expected.)

08 16

Total 48 100

Page 65: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17204 12

Practicals: Skills to be developed:

Intellectual Skills: Understand the forces acting on given structure. Interpret the results.

Motor Skills: Handle the equipment effectively. Draw graph for different relationships.

The term work consists of experiments from Group A and graphical solutions from Group B Group A: To find MA, VR, Efficiency, Ideal Effort, Effort lost in friction for various loads and

establish law of machine. Calculate maximum efficiency and also check the reversibility of machines(Sr no. 1 to 4) :

1) Differential axle and wheel.

2) Single purchase crab or Double purchase crab

3) Weston’s differential pulley block or worm geared pulley block

4) Simple Screw jack.

5) Verify law of moments.

6) Verify law of polygon of forces.

7) Verify of Lami’s theorem.

8) Verify the Equilibrium of parallel forces – simply supported beam reactions.

9) Compare coefficient of friction on horizontal plane and inclined plane for the same surface.

Group B: Graphical solutions for the following on A4 Size Graph Paper. 1) Concurrent force system : Two problems 2) Parallel force system : Two problems 3) Reactions of beam : Two problems

List of Tutorials:

Form a group of five students. Each group shall be allotted three different types of problems on the

following topics. Problems shall be submitted in separate note book. Teacher shall provide the

feedback to the students on the submitted tutorials.

1. Calculation of M.A., V.R, Efficiency, law of machine for Simple machine.

2. Numerical on resolution of force/ Moment of force.

3. Calculation of resultant for different force system.

4. Numerical on law of parallelogram of forces.

5. Numerical on applications of Lami’s Theorem.

6. Calculation of Reactions of beam subjected point load, UDL and inclined load.

7. Numerical on Friction body resting on horizontal Plane.

8. Numerical on Friction body resting on Inclined Plane.

9. Numerical on centroid of composite figures.

10. Numerical on centre of gravity of composite Solids.

Page 66: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17204 13

Learning Resources:

1. Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

01 R.S.Khurmi Engineering Mechanics S. Chand & Company Ltd.

02 Shames and Rao Engineering Mechanics Pearsion Education.

03 R.C.Hibbeler Engineering Mechanics Pearsion Education.

04 S. Ramamruthum Applied Mechanics Dhanpat Rai & Sones, Delhi.

05 S Rajasekaran Essentials of Engg. Mech. Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd

2. Cds, PPTs Etc:

3. IS, BIS and International codes:

4. Websites:

5. Implementation Strategy:

6. List of laboratory equipments :

Page 67: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 14

Course Name : Computer, Electrical and Electronics Engineering Group

Course Code : EE/EP/EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ED/EI/IU/CO/CM/IF/CD/CW

Semester : Second

Subject Title : Applied Science (Physics)

Subject Code : 17210

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- 75

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE. Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW) Applied Science is divided into two parts - Applied Science (Physics) and Applied

Science (Chemistry). Theory examination of both parts as well as practical examination of both parts will be conducted on separate days. Sum of theory marks of both parts shall be considered for passing theory examination of Applied Science. Similarly it is also applicable to practical examination. It is mandatory to appear theory and practical examination of both parts. Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.

Rationale: Applied Physics is the foundation of all core technology subjects. Study of science and technology goes hand in hand. Technical knowledge can be gained more effectively using concepts of Physics. Curriculum of Applied physics includes applications used in the Electronics, Electrical and Computers industry. Study of various topics like electrical Instruments and condenser enables the students to use various electrical instruments and study their applications. Semiconductor physics makes the students aware of semiconductor devices such as P-N Junction diode, Semiconductor devices are based on transport of charge. Modern concepts like LASER and nanotechnology make the students to understand various properties and applications. The concept of LASER is beneficial for the students to understand the use of LASER in Fiber optic communication. Commercially lasers are used in sensing devices such as bar code recognition, distance meter (LIDAR), Transmission of optical signal through optical fibres & avoid cross talk .Application of laser namely HOLOGRAPHY is used to store data in ROM Chips. Holograms store large amount of data in 3D form.

Nanotechnology will invoke the students to understand the nanoparticles and carbon nanotubes. Power can be transmitted at low voltage levels. Nanosized components show unique properties which are different from larger semiconductor components. These devices have increased data storage capacities of hard disks and led to small & faster microprocessors. General Objectives: Students will be able to

1. Understand laws and principles of electrical circuits. 2. Classify solids on the basis of semiconductor band theory.

Page 68: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 15

3. Understand principle of Laser and its applications in engineering field. 4. Identify superconductor and its types. 5. Understands applications of nanoparticles in engineering field.

Learning Structure: Application Principle Concepts Facts

Applied Physics (Computer/ Electrical / Electronic Engineering group) Theory:

Enable to understand applications in engineering field

Ohm,s law. Wheatstone’s network principle of potentiometer, condenser.

Photoelectric effect, Principle of X-rays ,Principle of Laser.

Semiconductor and PN junction diode.

Synthesis of nanoparticles

Capacitance of capacitor, resistivity, potential gradient.

Photoelectric emission, Spontaneous & stimulated emission, population inversion, optical pumping

Band theory, forward reverse characteristic of PN junction diode.

Nanoparticles, nanomaterials

Current , resistance, potential

Photo electricity, Electromagnetic spectrum, Light, amplitude, wavelength, frequency, intensity

Solid, PN junction diode

Nano size of particle.

Page 69: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 16

Topics and contents Hours Marks Topic1] Basic Electric circuits: Specific objectives

Calculate basic electric parameters for designing the simple electric circuits.

Use basic electronic components like resistor, capacitor in electronic circuits.

Use various networks such as Whetastone’s network , potentiometer

Study principle and applications of condenser 1.1 Simple D.C. electric circuits: [04 Marks]

Electric current: definition, symbol and unit, Ohm’s law: statement, mathematical expression, resistivity: definition, unit, conductivity: definition, unit .

1.2 Wheatstone’s network and potentiometer [06 Marks] Wheatstone’s network, working principle, balancing condition,

principle of potentiometer, potential gradient 1.3 Condensers: [06 Marks]

Capacity of condenser-definition and its unit, definition of 1 farad capacity, principle of condenser, derivation of capacity of parallel plate condenser, statement and derivation of series and parallel combination of condensers.

12 16

Topic 2] Semiconductor Physics: Specific objectives

Differentiate between conductor, semiconductor, insulator Verify characteristics of P-N junction diode Study applications of P-N junction diode, photodiode.

Classification of solids on the basis of band theory: forbidden

energy gap, conductor, insulator, semiconductor. Classification of semiconductors, P-N junction diode, forward

characteristics of P-N junction diode, reverse characteristics of P-N junction diode, photodiode, its symbol, principle and applications.

04 10

Topic 3]: Modern physics. Specific objectives:

State the concept of photocell State applications of X - ray State properties and applications of LASER

3.1 Photo electricity: [06 Marks] Photon (quantum), Plank’s hypothesis, energy of photon, properties

of photons. Photo electric effect: circuit diagram, process of photoelectric

emission, definitions:-threshold frequency, threshold wavelength, stopping potential, characteristics of photoelectric effect

Work function, Einstein’s photoelectric equation, photo resistor (LDR) – symbol, principle, applications, photoelectric cell:- principle,.

3.2 X-rays: [06 Marks] Origin of X-rays, production of X-rays using Coolidge’s X-ray tube,

minimum wavelength of X-ray, properties of X-rays, applications of X- rays: engineering, medical and scientific.

12 18

Page 70: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 17

3.3 Laser: [06 Marks] Laser, properties of laser, spontaneous and stimulated emission,

population inversion, optical pumping. He-Ne Laser: Principle, construction and working, engineering

applications of Laser

Topic 4] Physics of Nanoparticles: Specific Objectives Study properties of nanoparticals. Study applications of nanotechnology. History, nanoparticles, properties of nanoparticles, methods of

synthesis of nanoparticles: physical method of synthesis of nanoparticles, engineering applications of nanotechnology.

04 06

Total 32 50

Practical:

Skills to be developed 1) Intellectual skills-

Proper selection of measuring instruments

Verify the principles, laws, using given instruments under different conditions.

Read and interpret the graph.

Interpret the results from observations and calculations.

2) Motor skills-

Handle/operate the instruments.

Measuring physical quantities accurately.

Observe the phenomenon and to list the observations in a tabular form.

Plot the graphs.

List of experiments:

Sr No Title of Experiment To be performed

by a group of 1 Determine specific resistance by voltmeter ammeter method 4 to5 students 2 Verify law of resistances in series by using meter bridge. 4 to5 students 3 Verify principle of potentiometer 4 to5 students 4 Determine the characteristics of condenser using RC circuit. 4 to5 students 5 Verify characteristics of photoelectric cell. 4 to5 students 6 Verify characteristics of thermocouple. 4 to5 students 7 Plot forward characteristics of P-N junction diode 4 to5 students 8 Determine Joule’s constant (J) by electrical method. 4 to5 students

9 Determine temperature co-efficient of resistance of metal (conductor) using platinum resistance thermometer 4 to5 students

Page 71: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17210 18

Learning resources: 1. Reference Books:

Sr. No. Title Author Publisher

01 Physics Resnick and Hailday Wisley Toppan Publishers – England 02 Engineering Physics B.L. Theraja S. Chand Publishers – New Delhi 03 Engineering Physics V. Rajendran Tata McGraw-Hill Publications 04 Conceptual Physics P.G.Hewitt Pearson education (Tenth edition)05 Physics for Engineers M.R.Srinivasan New Age international publishers 06 Physics- Std XI, Std XII -- HSC board/CBSE Board

07 Engineering Physics D.K. Bhattachrya A. Bhaskaran Oxford university press

2. Websites: http://hyperphysics.phy-astr.gsu.edu/hbase/permot2.html http://physics.info http://physics.org http://about.com http://classroom.com http://101science.com 3) Videos: http://www.youtube.com Laser cutter http://www.cmslaser.com 4) CD:

Educational Cd of NCERT Educational cd of Pearson education India

5) PPT: www.slideshare.nt/donpraju/laser-ppt www.research.usf.edu/cs/rad/laser-ppt www.studyvilla.com/laser-ppt-ruby laser www.courses superconductor.ppt www.khanacademy.com

Page 72: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 19

Course Name : Electronics / Electrical / Computer Engineering Group

Course Code : EE/EP/EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ED/EI/IU/CO/CM/IF/CD/CW

Semester : Second

Subject Title : Applied Science (Chemistry)

Subject Code : 17211

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

02 -- 02 02 50 25@ -- -- 75

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE. Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW) Applied Science is divided into two parts - Applied Science (Physics) and Applied

Science (Chemistry). Theory examination of both parts as well as practical examination of both parts will be conducted on separate days. Sum of theory marks of both parts shall be considered for passing theory examination of Applied Science. Similarly it is also applicable to practical examination. It is mandatory to appear theory and practical examination of both parts. Remaining absent in any examination of any part will not be declared successful for that examination head.

Rationale: The contents of this curriculum has four units which provide knowledge of cells and batteries, selection of appropriate materials for engineering applications and methods of protection by metallic and non-metallic coatings. This satisfies the need of the students to cope with the recent use of these materials and processes in their world of work. Unit of cells and batteries covers working principle of construction, operations and their engineering applications. Now a days there are new electronic devices, gadgets coming up in the market which function on cells and batteries. Study of cells and batteries give complete knowledge of working of reversible and non-reversible cells, their classification, construction, chemical reactions during working and different chemicals used in manufacturing of cells and batteries will help the students to make proper selection in electronic equipments and computer industry. Study of different polymers, insulators or dielectrics, adhesives and their chemical behavior will be useful in their applications in electrical appliances and electronic industries. Study of corrosion and methods of prevention will make students realize importance of care and maintenance of machines and equipments. The contents of this subjects are designed to enhance student’s reasoning capacity and capabilities in solving challenging problems at various levels of working in the electronic and computer industry. General Objectives: The student will be able to

1. Select proper type of cell based on the requirement in electronic and computer engineering.

2. Apply knowledge of extraction, properties of copper and aluminium in engineering

Page 73: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 20

applications. 3. Know various insulating or dielectric materials used for electronic equipments and

computers. 4. Generalize different factors which affect atmospheric as well as electrochemical Corrosion.

Learning Structure: Application Principle / Procedure Concept Fact

Bessemerisation, Baeyer’s process, Electrolytic refining,

Working of cells, batteries

Galvanizing, tinning, metal spraying, sherardizing, electroplating, metal cladding

Electrical insulation

Apply the knowledge of working of cells / batteries for electronic and computer industry. Use the knowledge of metals, corrosion for protection of electronic gadgets

Metallurgy Corrosion, Atmospheric corrosion, Electrochemical corrosion,

Primary cell, Secondary cell, Fuel cell, Solar cell

Polymers, Dielectrics, Adhesives

Copper, Aluminium, Alloys

Electronic materials Paris, Concrete

Electrochemical cells, Batteries, Sludge

Rust, Metal

Page 74: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 21

Theory Content:

Topics and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1] Metallurgy: Specific Objectives: Describe the extraction processes of copper and aluminium. State engineering applications of copper and aluminium based on their

properties. 1.1 Metallurgy of Copper: [4 Marks] Definition of metallurgy. Extraction process: Ores of copper, extraction of copper from copper pyrite

by concentration, roasting, smelting, bessemerisation, electrolytic refining. Physical, chemical properties – action of air, water, acid, alkali. Applications

of copper. 1.2 Metallurgy of Aluminium: [4 Marks] Extraction process: Ores of aluminium, extraction of aluminium from

bauxite by Bayer’s process, electrolytic reduction of alumina, electrolytic refining of aluminium.

Physical, chemical properties–action of air, water, acid, alkali. Applications of aluminium, anodizing of aluminium.

1.3 Solders: [4 Marks] Composition, properties and applications of- soft solder, tinmann’s solder,

brazing alloy, rose metal, plumber’s solder.

08

12

Topic 2] Corrosion: Specific Objectives: Explain Mechanism of atmospheric corrosion and immersed corrosion. Describe different methods of protection of metal from corrosion

2.1 Corrosion: [6 Marks] Definition of corrosion, Types of corrosion. Atmospheric Corrosion: Definition, mechanism of oxidation corrosion, types of oxide films and their significance, factors affecting rate of atmospheric

corrosion. Immersed Corrosion: Definition, mechanism of immersed corrosion by

galvanic cell action- with evolution of hydrogen gas and absorption of oxygen gas, factors affecting immersed corrosion.

2.2 Protection of metals by: [8 Marks] Modification of environment, modification of properties of metal,

electrochemical protection by sacrificial anodic protection and impressed current cathodic protection, use of protective coatings.

Application of metallic coatings: By galvanising, tinning, metal spraying, electroplating, metal cladding, cementation- sherardizing, chromising,

colourising. Application of non-metallic coatings: paint-definition, characteristics,

constituents of paint and their functions.

10 14

Page 75: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 22

Topic 3] Cells And Batteries: Specific Objectives:

Explain the concept of electrochemical cell. Describe construction and working of different types of cells.

Electrochemical cells/ batteries: Basic concepts : Definition of electrolyte, conductivity of electrolytes, Ohm’s law, specific conductance, equivalent conductance, cell, battery, electrolytic cell, electrochemical cell, charging, discharging. Classification of electrochemical cells: Primary and secondary cells. Primary cells: construction, working and applications of - Dry Cell,

Daniel cell, Secondary cells: construction, working and applications of - Lead-acid storage cell, Ni-Cd Cell Fuel cell : Definition, construction, working, advantages, limitations and

applications of Hydrogen- oxygen fuel cell.

10 16

Topic 4] Chemistry of Electronic Materials Specific Objectives:

State role of polymers in electronic engineering. Describe applications of dielectrics and insulators in electronic devices.

4.1 Polymers: [4 Marks] Definitions, examples and applications of electrically conducting polymers,

photoconductive polymers, electrically insulating polymers, liquid crystal polymers(LCP).

4.2 Insulators, Dielectrics and Adhesives: [4 Marks] Definition of dielectrics and insulator, Properties of gaseous, liquid and solid

insulators , their examples. Properties and applications of- inert gases, silicone fluids, teflon , bakelite, ceramics and glass.

Definition, characteristics, advantages of adhesives, properties and

applications of phenol formaldehyde resin, urea formaldehyde resin and epoxy resin.

04 08

Total 32 50

Practical:

Intellectual Skills: 1. Select proper equipments and instruments.

2. Interpret the results.

3. Plan the set up of the experiment.

4. Verify the characteristics of materials.

Motor Skills:

1. Measure the parameters accurately.

2. Calibrate the equipments as per the standards.

Page 76: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 23

3. Calculate the results.

4. Measure chemicals accurately.

5. Handle apparatus and various laboratory reagents.

6. Observe the completion of reaction.

List of Experiments:

Sr. No. Name of the experiment

1 Determine percentage of copper in the given brass alloy or copper ore.

2 Determine percentage of aluminium in aluminium alloy. 3 Determine electrode potential of various metals to study their tendency towards corrosion.

4 Find the relation between loss in weight of aluminium strip in acidic and alkaline medium and rate of corrosion.

5 Determine the strength of given hydrochloric acid solution by titrating it against sodium hydroxide solution by using pH meter.

6 Determine thinner content in oil paint.

7 Determine neutralization point of acetic acid (weak acid) and ammonium hydroxide (weak base) and to calculate normality and strength of acetic acid.

8 Measure the voltage developed due to chemical reactions by setting up a Daniel cell.

9 To prepare urea formaldehyde resin and understand the structure and properties for its applications in engineering.

Learning Resources: 1. Reference Books:

Sr. No. Author Name of the Book Publisher

1 S. S. Dara Engineering Chemistry S. Chand Publication 2 Jain and Jain Engineering Chemistry Dhanpat Rai and Sons

3 B. Sivasankar Engineering Chemistry The McGraw-Hill Companies

4 K. B. Chandrasekhar, U. N. Das, Sujatha Mishra

Engineering Chemistry SCITECH

2. List of websites, videos and animations :

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/conductive_polymer

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/waste-management.

http://www.footprints-science.co.uk/Chemistry.htm

.http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8tqfDE6vqcs&feature=related

http://www.splung.com/content/sid/3/page/batteries

www.teachnet-uk.org.uk/...Metals/...metals/Properties%20of%20Meta...

http://www.substech.com/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=full_index_of_articles_on_ceramics

Page 77: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17211 24

http://www.substech.com/dokuwiki/doku.php?id=full_index_of_articles_on_polymers

http://www.powerstream.com/BatteryFAQ.html

http://physchem.co.za/OB12-sys/batteries.htm#lead-acid (Dry Cell & Lead acid cell)

http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/Redox/flash/RedoxAgentsElectrodesBattery.swf (Battery)

http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/Redox/flash/battery.swf

http://www.kentchemistry.com/links/Redox/flash/halfcells.swf (Voltaic Cell)

http://group.chem.iastate.edu/Greenbowe/sections/projectfolder/animations/ZnCbatteryV8web.

html(Dry Cell)

http://www.ausetute.com.au/battery.html (Batteries)

http://www.sherardizing.com/resources/files/9_Sherardizing_Corrosion.pdf (Sheradizing)

http://www.galvanizeit.org/aga/animation/4728?keepThis=true&TB_iframe=true&height=480

&width=640 (Galvanizing)

http://www.galvanizeit.org/aga/animation/4728?keepThis=true&TB_iframe=true&height=480

&width=640 (Galvanizing)

http://www.ehow.com/list_6725219_different-types-metal-cladding.html (Metal Clading)

http://www.authorstream.com/Presentation/sheelachawla-590475-insulators/ (Insulators)

http://www.sut.ac.th/engineering/metal/pdf/Nonferrous/02_Aluminium%20and%20aluminium

%20alloy.pdf

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zU5sP64DeYA (Flow chart of extraction of Al)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0Rs4vHo6_oc&feature=related ( extraction of Al)

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XWGbUYsChOI ( extraction of Cu)

fka.ump.edu.my/images/fka/.../5.2%20Adhesives.ppt

images.emchiey.multiply.multiplycontent.com/.../08a%20Adhesives...

Page 78: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17214 25

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE/EP

Semester : Second

Subject Title : Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering.

Subject Code : 17214

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

04 -- 02 03 100 25# -- 25@ 150

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)

Rationale: In the course of diploma in electrical engineering, study of electrical machines, instruments,

devices and equipment’s are involved. Besides this, concepts, facts and operations about power system, protection scheme and controls must be studied and developed by students of electrical engineering.

The basic aim of subject is that the student must learn the basic concepts, rules and laws of electric and magnetic circuits and practical’s thereof. This study of subject will facilitate the understanding of principles and working of machines, instruments and equipment’s. Use of multi media in learning resources will facilitate the learning General Objectives: The student will be able to:

1. Understand various definitions, laws and concepts involved in electrical field, circuits, magnetism.

2. Understand concepts of electrical circuits and magnetic circuits. 3. Realize importance of electromagnetic induction in regards to machines and power

system. 4. Understand utility and maintenance of storage batteries. 5. Study different types of electric supply.

Page 79: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17214 26

Learning Structure:

Ohm’s Law, Laws of Resistance, Kirchhoff’s Laws.

Ohm’s Law for Magnetic Circuit, Magnetic hysteresis.

Faraday’s Laws of Electromagnetic Induction, Flemings Right Hand Rule, Lenz’s Law

Use the knowledge of the Basic Concepts & Principles of Electrical Engineering to study principles, operation and applications of machines, instruments and equipments

Analysis of DC Circuits

Analysis of Magnetic Circuits

Self & Mutual Inductance

Selection & Maintenance of Storage Batteries

Electric Current, EMF, Resistance, Capacitors,

Magnetic Flux, MMF, Reluctance, Magnetic Circuit

Relationship Between Electricity & Magnetism.

Fundamentals of Electrical Engg. Machines, Equipments, Instruments, materials and Storage Batteries.

Applications

Procedure

Concepts

Facts

Principle

Page 80: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17214 27

Theory:

Topic and Detailed Content Hours Marks Topic 1Basic Concepts: Specific Objectives: The students will be able to : Understand various parameters and quantities used in electric circuit. Classify types of electric currents. Calculate various electric quantities such as power ,current, energy and

p.d. in simple circuits Contents 1.1Electrical Quantities

Concept of Electric Current. Concept of Electric Potential, Potential Difference(P D) Electro-Motive-Force (EMF).

1.2 Resistance Concept of Resistance Definition of Resistance Concept of Resistivity and Conductivity Effect of Temperature on Resistance. Temp.co-efficient of Resistance ( simple numerical)

1.3 Classification of Electric Current Direct Current (DC) Alternating Current (AC)

1.4 Sources of D.C. Supply Concept of Voltage Source: Ideal and Practical Concept of Current Source: Ideal and Practical Source Conversion. (simple numerical)

1.5 Effects of Electric Current (Only Introduction) Heating Effect Magnetic Effect Chemical Effect

1.7 Concept of Electrical Work, Power and Energy. Their SI units (simple numerical) 1.8 Types of Resistors and their Applications.

Carbon Composition Deposited Carbon High Voltage Ink Film Metal Film Metal Glaze Wire Wound Cermet

08 12

Topic 2 D. C. Circuits: Specific Objectives: The students will be able to : Calculate internal resistance of a given d.c.source and terminal voltage. Calculate equivalent resistance of various simple d.c. circuits. Apply Kirchhoff’s laws. Identify different D.C.Circuits.and convert star to delta and vice versa.

Contents 2.1Ohm’s Law and related terms

Ohm’s Law

12 20

Page 81: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17214 28

Internal resistance of source Concept of internal voltage drop Terminal Voltage.

2.2 Various connections of resistances Resistance in Series, Voltage Division Formula. Resistance in Parallel, Current Division Formula. Calculations of Equivalent Resistance of simple Series, Parallel and Series Parallel Circuits.(Simple Numericals)

2.3 Duality Between Series and Parallel Circuits. 2.4 Definitions of terms Related to Electric Circuits

Active and Passive Circuit Parameters Linear Circuit and Non-linear Circuit, Unilateral Circuit and Bi-lateral Circuit, Electric Network, Passive and Active Network, Node, Branch, Loop, Mesh.

2.5 Kirchhoff’s Laws (Simple Numericals with two equations only) Kirchhoff’s Current Law Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law

2.6 Star/Delta and Delta/Star Transformation. (Simple Numericals) Topic 3 Capacitors : Specific Objectives: The students will be able to : Understand the concept of capacitance Identify types of capacitor Calculate equivalent capacitance of of various simple d.c. circuits. Draw charging and discharging curves of capacitor. Derive basic formulae for energy stored and formula for capacitance of

parallel plate capacitor Contents 3.1 Concept and Definition of Capacitor 3.2 Parallel Plate Capacitor:(Derivation and Simple Numerical )

Uniform Di-electric Medium Medium Partly Air.

3.3 Various connections of capacitances (Simple Numerical) Equivalent capacitance of capacitors in series. :(Derivation and Simple

Numerical ) Equivalent capacitance of capacitors in parallel. :(Derivation and Simple

Numerical ) Calculations of Equivalent Capacitance of Series Parallel :( Simple

Numerical ) 3.4 Energy Stored in Capacitor.( Derivation and Simple Numerical) 3.5 Charging and Discharging of Capacitor (No Derivation and No Numerical) 3.6 Concept of Breakdown Voltage and Di-electric strength 3.7 Types of Capacitors and their Applications.

Electrolytic Non-Electrolytic (Paper, Mica, Film, Ceramic, Glass)

06 12

Topic 4Magnetic Circuits : Specific Objectives: The students will be able to : Understand various terms involved in magnetic circuit. Find out various parameters/quantities of magnetic circuit. Draw B-H curve and hysteresis loop.

10 16

Page 82: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17214 29

Distinguish between series and parallel magnetic circuit. Contents 4.1 Concept of magnet and electromagnetic. 4.2 Concept of magnetic lines of force. 4.3 Magnetic Circuit –

Definition of magnetic circuit. Ohm’s law of Magnetic Circuit.

4.4 Definitions Concerning Magnetic Circuit. Magneto-Motive-Force (MMF), Ampere Turns (AT) Reluctance Permeance Reluctivity.

4.5 Comparison Between Electric and Magnetic circuit. 4.6 Concept Series Magnetic Circuit and Parallel Magnetic Circuit. 4.7Calculations of Amp.-Turns for simple Series( without and with air gap) 4.8 Concept of Leakage Flux, Useful Flux & Fringing. 4.9 Magnetisation Curve (B - H Curve) ( No Derivation and No Numericals)

Magnetisation Curve for Magnetic and Non-Magnetic Materials. Magnetic Hysteresis, Hysteresis Loop. Area of Hysteresis Loop, Hysteresis Loss.

4.10 Applications of magnet Permanent Magnet Electromagnet.

Topic 5 Electromagnetic Magnetic Induction : Specific Objectives: The students will be able to : Understand relation between magnetism and electricity. Apply faraday’s laws to calculate induced e.m.f. Distinguish between statically and dynamically induced e.m.f. Find out self inductance and energy stored in magnetic field.

Contents 5.1 Relation Between Magnetism and Electricity. 5.2 Development of Induced e.m.f. and Current. 5.3 Faraday’s Laws of Electromagnetic Induction. (Simple Numerical)

Faraday’s First Law Faraday’s Second Law

5.4 Induced e.m.f.(Simple Numerical) Statically Induced E.M.F Dynamically Induced E.M.F5.5 Direction of Induced E.M.F. and

Currents. 5.5 Direction of induced e,m,f,

Lenz’s Law for statically induced e,m,f, Fleming’s Right Hand Rule for dynamically induced e.m.f.

5.6 Self Inductance 5.7 Coefficient of Self-induction (L) (Simple Numerical) 5.8 Mutual inductance 5.9 Coefficient of Mutual inductance (M) 5.10 Self induced e.m.f. and mutually induced e.m.f 5.11 Coefficient of Coupling (No Derivation and No Numerical) 5.12 Inductances in series. (No Derivation and No Numerical)

12 16

Page 83: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17214 30

5.13 Types of inductors and their applications. Air Cored Inductors Iron Cored Inductors Ferrite Cored Inductors.

5.14 Energy Stored in Magnetic Field( Derivation and Simple Numerical) Topic 6 Storage batteries : Specific Objectives: The students will be able to : Understand difference between cell and battery. Understand series and parallel connections of batteries. Conduct maintenance of batteries. Find out self inductance and energy stored in magnetic field.

Contents 6.1 Concept of Cell and Battery 6.2 Electrical Characteristics of Batteries. e.m.f.

Terminal Voltage Internal Resistance Amp.Hour Capacity Efficiency: AH Efficiency and Watt Hr Efficiency

6.3 Necessity of Series Connection of Batteries 6.4 Necessity of Parallel Connection of Batteries 6.5 Charging of Batteries

Current Charging Method Constant Voltage Charging Method Precautions During Charging Indications of Fully Charged Cells

6.6 Maintenance of Lead Acid Batteries. 6.7 Dry cell and Liquid Cell(Comparison) 6.8Applications of Storage Batteries

05 08

Topic 7 Basic of A.C. Fundamentals: Specific Objectives: The students will be able to : Understand induction of sinusoidal a.c. supply Understand basic a.c. quantities

Contents 7.1 Simple loop a.c.generator with explaination of sinusoidal e.m.f. 7.2 Basic definitions : Cycle, Frequency, Time and Amplitude

03 04

Topic 8 Electric Materials: Specific Objectives: The students will be able to : Understand various materials used in electrical m/c, equipments. Understand importance of various properties of materials.

Contents 8.1 Classification of electrical materials. 8.2 Conducting Materials (Physical, Mechanical and Electrical properties) Current Carrying Conducting Materials( Copper, Aluminum, Bronze

and Iron) Non Current Carrying Conducting Materials( Cast iron, Cast Steel,etc)

8.3 Insulating Materials(Thermal , Mechanical and Electrical properties) Classification on basis of state of materials as solid ,liquid gaseous

insulating materials ( Introduction and applications ) Classification on the basis of temperature withstanding ability as Y, A, E, B, F,H and C type with list of insulating materials in each

08 12

Page 84: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17214 31

type. 8.4 Magnetic Material ( Introduction and Applications ) Classification of magnetic material as Paramagnetic, Diamagnetic and Ferromagnetic material

C.R.G.O. Silicon Steel H.R.G.O. Silicon Steel Amorphous Metal

Total 64 100 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Identify and select electrical measuring instruments. 2. Interpret electrical circuit diagram. 3. Identify safety equipments required. 4. Decide the procedure for setting experiments. 5. Select electrical instruments of proper range.

Motor Skills:

1. Draw circuit diagram 2. Make wiring connections to connect electrical equipments and instruments. 3. Accurately measure electrical current and voltage drop. 4. Use of safety devices while working.

List of Practicals: All experiments are compulsory.

Expt No. Name of the Experiment

01

Know your electrical engineering laboratory: Draw layout of electrical laboratory. Prepare Charts of electrical safety and Study operation of fire extinguishing

equipments. Study and use electric tools such as plier, screw driver, insulation cutter, tester etc.

02 To measure e.m.f. of d.c. source and to calculate its internal resistance by connecting it to an external load.

03 To use rheostat as current regulator and potential divider.

04 To determine the equivalent resistance of Series connected resistors Parallel connected resistors

05 To verify Kirchhoff’s current law and voltage law.

06 To determine the equivalent capacitance of Series connected capacitors Parallel connected capacitors

07 To plot the charging and discharging curves of a capacitor(C) through resistor (R) and to determine the time constant of RC circuit analytically and graphically.

08 To plot B-H curve for a given magnetic material. 09 To plot the hysteresis loop for a given magnetic material

10 To demonstrate the Faraday’s first law of electromagnetic induction for Statically induced e.m.f. Dynamically induced e.m.f.

11 To determine the temperature coefficient of resistance of copper.

Page 85: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17214 32

Learning Resources: 1. Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Edition Publisher

1 B. L. Theraja A. K. Theraja

A Text Book of Electrical Technology Vol-I (Basic Electrical Engg.)

Multicolour Edition 2005 And Subsequent Reprint

S. Chand & Co. Ramnagar, New Delhi

2 V. N. Mittle Basic Electrical Engg. Any Edition After 2005 Tata McGraw-Hill

3 Edward Hughes Electrical Technology Second And Any

Subsequent EditionPearson Education, New Delhi

4 R.S. Ananda Murthy

Basic Electrical Engineering Second Edition Pearson

5 T. Thyagarajan Basic Electrical Engineering First Edition Scitech

6 K Uma Rao Basic Electrical Engineering First Edition Pearson

7 Sunil T.Gailwad

Basic Electrical Engineering First Edition Dreamtech Press 19-A

Daryaganj, N.Delhi

2. Websites: www.wikipedia.com , www.youtube.com , www.norsa.com, www.dreamtechpress.com

List of Machines and Equipments:

Sr No. List of Equipments Specifications Qty.

1 D. C. Ammeter Rrange (0-5A) Portable analog PMMC type as per relevant BIS standard 05

2. D,C. Voltmeter Range (0-150/300V)

Portable analog PMMC type as per relevant BIS standard 05

3 D,C. Voltmeter Range (0-15/30/75 V)

Portable analog PMMC type as per relevant BIS standard 05

4 Rheostat (0-250 Ohm,2A) Nichrome wire wound rheostat on epoxy resin or class F insulating tube with two fixed and one sliding contact

05

5 Rheostat (0-90 Ohm,5A) Nichrome wire wound rheostat on epoxy resin or class F insulating tube with two fixed and one sliding contact

05

6 Rheostat (0-35 Ohm,10A) Nichrome wire wound rheostat on epoxy resin or class F insulating tube with two fixed and one sliding contact

05

7 Rheostat (0-350Ohm,1.5A) Nichrome wire wound rheostat on epoxy resin or class F insulating tube with two fixed and one sliding contact

05

8 D. C. Supply A 230 V d.c. supply ( with inbuilt rectifier to convert a.c.to d.c) 02

9 Oil filled capacitor 10 to 100µF Oil filled capacitor with rated voltage upto 500V 02

Page 86: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17214 33

10 Electrolyte type capacitor 10 to 100µF electrotyoe capacitor with rated voltage upto 500V 02

11 Galvanometer (50mV-0-50mV) PMMC type analog portable galvanometer 02

Note:

While procuring equipments detailed specifications are to be given. For detailed specifications manufactures catalogues and relevant BIS may be referred.

Above list with specifications are suggestive and may vary as per need of institute and already availability of equipments.

Kits for experiments are not recommended. Instead of that physical arrangement of experimental set along with source, elements and meters on table is recommended.

Page 87: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17216 34

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology.

Course Code : CE/ME/IE/EJ/DE/ET/EX/EE/EP/MU/EV/IS/CO/CM/IF/PG/PT/AE/

CV/MH/FE/CD/ED/EI

Semester : Second

Subject Title : Engineering Mathematics

Subject Code : 17216

Teaching and Examination Scheme

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 01 -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)

Rationale:

This subject is an extension of Basic mathematics of first semester and a bridge to further

study of applied mathematics. The knowledge of mathematics is useful in other technical areas.

Differential calculus has applications in different engineering branches. For example

concepts such as bending moment, curvature, maxima and minima.

Numerical methods are used in programming as an essential part of computer engineering.

For solution of problems in electrical circuits and machine performances complex number is used

engineering mathematics lays the foundation to understand technical principles in various fields.

General objectives:

Student will be able to

1) Use complex numbers for representing different circuit component in complex form to

determine performance of electrical circuit and machines.

2) Apply rules and methods of differential calculus to solve problems.

3) Apply various numerical methods to solve algebraic and simultaneous equations.

Page 88: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17216 35

Learning Structure:

Application Procedure

Performing algebraic operation, and apply De- Moivre’s theorem for finding root of algebraic equation.

Find limit of functions, Find first and second order derivatives, Derivatives using rules of derivatives, Methods of differentiation.

Approximate root of algebraic equation using various methods. Unknown values in various simultaneous equations.

Principle

Algebra of complex number , De- Moivre’s theorem

Theorems of limit and rules of derivatives

Methods of bisection, Regula falsi, Newton raphson, Gauss elimination, Jacobi’s and Gauss Seidal.

Concept

Real and imaginary part of complex number, modulus, argument, polar, exponential form and conjugate of complex number

Interval, dependent and independent variables, increasing and decreasing function.

Iterative method

Facts

Complex number, imaginary root

Function, notation of derivatives, first order derivatives, second order derivatives, Partial derivatives, notation.

Algebraic equation and simultaneous equation

Apply the knowledge numerical method , derivatives and complex number in various technical areas

Page 89: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17216 36

Content Theory:

Topic Hours Marks Topic 1 - Complex number 1.1 Complex number ------------------------ 14 Specific objectives :

Find roots of algebraic equations which are not in real. Definition of complex number, Cartesian, polar and exponential

forms of complex number. Algebra of complex number such as equality, addition,

subtraction, multiplication and division. De- Moivre’s theorem with simple examples. Euler’s form of circular functions, hyperbolic functions and

relation between circular and hyperbolic functions.

08 14

Topic 2 - Differential Calculus 2.1 Function ------------------------- 14 Specific objectives :

Identify the function and find the value of function. Definition of function, range and domain of function. Value of function at a point. Types of functions and examples.

08

58

2.2 Limits ----------------------------- 20 Specific objectives :

To evaluate limit of function. Concept and definition of limit. Limits of algebraic, trigonometric, logarithmic and exponential

functions with examples.

08

2.3 Derivatives ------------------------------- 24 Specific objectives :

Find the derivatives by first principle. Solve problems using rules and methods of derivatives Definition of derivatives, notation, derivatives of standard

function using first principle. Rules of differentiation such as, derivatives of sum or difference,

product, and quotient with proofs. Derivative of composite function with proof ( Chain rule ) Derivatives of inverse trigonometric functions using substitution Derivatives of inverse function. Derivatives of implicit function. Derivatives of parametric function. Derivatives of one function w.r.t another function. Logarithmic differentiation. Second order differentiation.

12

Topic 3 - Numerical Method 3.1 Solution of algebraic equation -------------------------- 14 Specific objectives :

Find the approximate root of algebraic equation. Bisection method Regula falsi method Newton Rapshon method

06 28

Page 90: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/06/2012 17216 37

3.2 Numerical solution of simultaneous equations ------------------- 14 Specific objectives :

Solve the system of equations in three unknowns. Gauss elimination method Jacobi’s method Gauss Seidal method

06

Total 48 100 Tutorials:

1) Tutorial are to be used to get enough practice. 2) In each tutorial make a group of 20 student students and for each group minimum 10

problems are to be given. List of Tutorials:

Learning Resources: 1) Books:

2) Websites: www.khan academy

Sr No. Topic for Tutorial

1 Complex number ( Examples based on algebra of complex numbers) 2 Complex number ( Examples based on De Moivre’s theorem and Euler’s formulae) 3 Function 4 Limit (algebraic and trigonometric functions) 5 Limit (logarithmic and exponential functions) 6 Derivatives by first principle 7 Derivatives ( Examples based on formulae of standard functions and rules ) 8 Derivatives ( Examples based on methods of differentiation) 10 Solution of algebraic equations 11 Solution of simultaneous equations

Sr. No. Title Authors Publication

1 Mathematics for polytechnic S. P. Deshpande Pune Vidyarthi Griha

Prakashan, Pune 2 Calculus : Single Variable Robert T. Smith Tata McGraw HILL

3 Advanced Engineering mathematics Dass H. K S. Chand Publication

New Delhi

4 Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics S. C. Gupta and Kapoor S. Chand Pablication

New Delhi

5 Higher Engineering Mathematics B. S .Grewal Khanna publication New

Delhi

6 Applied Mathematics P. N. Wartikar Pune vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, Pune

Page 91: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17010 38

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering and Technology

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/X/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX

Semester : Second

Subject Title : Development of Life Skills

Subject Code : 17010

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

01 -- 02 -- -- -- 25@ -- 25

Rationale:

Globalization has emphasized the need for overall development of technician to survive in

modern era. Soft skills development in addition to technical knowledge; plays a key role in

enhancing his/her employability.

This subject aims to provide insights into various facets of developing ones personality in

terms of capabilities, strengths, weakness, etc as well as to improve reading, listening and

presentation skills. Also in this age fierce competition, the time and stress management techniques

will immensely help the technician to live happy and purposeful life.

General Objectives:

After studying this subject, the students will be able to:

1. Understand and appreciate importance of life skills.

2. Use self-analysis and apply techniques to develop personality.

3. Use different search techniques for gathering information and working effectively.

4. Improve the presentation skills.

Page 92: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17010 39

Learning Structure:

Application Procedure Principle Concept Facts

Self-development and growth Performing tasks effectively by implementing soft skills Goal achievements and result oriented work

Smart engineer Task or Goal

Work place as a system Information

Personality

Attitude

Stress

Presentation

Study

Time

Preparing slides / transparencies

Reading, writing, notes taking

Doing exercise

Managing time

Self analysis

Time management

SWOT analysis

Stress management

Page 93: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17010 40

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours TOPIC 1: SELF ANALYISIS Specific Objectives: To introduce oneself.

Contents: 1.1 Need of Self Analysis 1.2 Attitude and types (positive, negative, optimistic and pessimistic) Guidelines for developing positive attitude.

02

TOPIC 2: STUDY TECHNIQUES Specific Objectives: To identify different process and strategies. To improve reading, listening and notes taking skills.

Contents: 2.1 Learning strategies 2.2 Learning process 2.3 Organization of knowledge 2.4 Reading skills 2.5 Listening skills 2.6 Notes taking 2.7 Enhancing memory

03

TOPIC 3: INFORMATION SEARCH Specific Objectives: To search information as per the need.

Contents: 3.1 Sources of information 3.2 Techniques of information search (library, internet, etc)

02

TOPIC 4: SELF DEVELOPMENT Specific Objectives: To set primary goals using SMART parameters. To Priorities the work effectively. To cope up with stress effectively.

Contents: 4.1 Goal setting and its importance. 4.2 Characteristics of Goal setting (SMART- Specific, Measurable, Attainable,

Realistic, Time bound) 4.3 Time Management - Importance, prioritization of work, time matrix, time

savers, and time wasters. 4.4 Stress Management - Definition, types of stress, causes of stress, managing stress,

and stress busters.

05

TOPIC 5: PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES Specific Objectives: To plan for presentation. To prepare contents for presentation.

Contents:

02

Page 94: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17010 41

5.1 Importance of presentation. 5.2 Components of effective presentation (Body language, voice culture , rehearsal,

etc) 5.3 Preparing for presentation. 5.4 Use of audio/video aids. (audio, video, transparency’s, PowerPoint

presentations, etc) 5.5 Performing presentation (Seminars, paper presentations, compering, etc)

TOPIC 6: GROUP DISCUSSION Specific Objectives To understand the concept of group discussion To know the purpose of group discussion

Contents 6.1 Group discussion concept and purpose 6.2 Method of conduction

02

Total 16 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

Student will be able to

• Develop ability to find his capabilities.

• Select proper source of information.

• Follow the technique of time and stress management.

• Set the goal.

Motor Skills:

Student will be able to

• Follow the presentation of body language.

• Work on internet and search for information.

• Prepare slides / transparencies for presentation.

List of Practicals/activities:

1. Giving self introduction. Observe the demonstration of self introduction given by the

teacher and prepare a write up on the following points and introduce yourself in front of

your batch in 5 minutes

Name

Native place

Background of school from where he / she passed

Family background

Page 95: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 15/05/2012 17010 42

Hobbies / salient achievements / idols if any for self development

Aims of life as an Engineer

2. Provide responses to the questions based on the moral story given in the assignment.

3. Judge your attitude by responding to the tests given in the assignment and write comments

on your score.

4. Read any chapter from the subject of Engineering Physics / Engineering Chemistry and

identify facts, concepts, principles, procedures, and application from that chapter

5. Participate in the panel discussion on techniques of effective learning and provide the

responses to the questions.

6. Access the book on Biography of Scientists/Industrialist/Social leader/Sports Person from

library. Read the book and note the name of author, publication, year of publication, and

summarize the highlights of the book.

7. Prepare notes on given topic by referring to books / journals / websites.

8. Prepare 8 to 10 power point slides based on the notes prepared on the above topic. Present

the contents for 10 minutes Group wise(Group will be of 4 students)

Note – Subject teacher shall guide the students in completing the assignments based on above practical. Learning Resources: Books:

Sr. No. Author Name of Book Publication

1 Richard Hale and Peter Whitlam

Target setting and goal achievement Kogan Page

2 Andrew Bradbury Successful Presentation Skills The Sunday Times – Kogan

3 Ros Jay and Antony Jay Effective Presentation Pearson – Prentice Hall

4 Subject Experts - MSBTE Handbook on Development of Life Skills MSBTE

5 Nitin Bhatnagar and Mamta Bhatnagar

Effective Communication and Soft Skills Pearson

6 D. Sudha Rani Business Communication and Soft Skills Pearson

7 Barak K Mitra Personality Development and Soft Skills Oxford University Press

8 Dr. T. Kalayani Chakravarti and Dr. Latha Chakravarti

Soft Skills for Managers biztantra

Page 96: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 1

MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES

COURSE NAME : ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING GROUP COURSE CODE : EE/EP DURATION OF COURSE : SIX SEMESTERS WITH EFFECT FROM 2012-13 SEMESTER : THIRD DURATION : 16 WEEKS FULL TIME / PART TIME : FULL TIME SCHEME : G

SR. NO SUBJECT TITLE abbrevi

ation SUB

CODE

TEACHING SCHEME

EXAMINATION SCHEME SW

(17300) PAPER HRS.

TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) TH TU PR Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

1 Applied Mathematics $ AMS 17301 03 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --

50

2 Basic Electronics (Electrical) BEE 17321 04 -- 02 03 100 40 25# 10 -- -- 25@ 10

3 Electrical & Electronic Measurement EEM 17322 03 -- 02 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10

4 Electrical Circuits and Networks ECN 17323 04 01 02 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10

5 Electrical Power Generation EPG 17324 03 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- -- 6 Computer Programming CPR 17022 -- -- 04 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 7 Electrical Workshop EWO 17023 -- -- 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 8 Professional Practices-I PPO 17024 -- -- 03 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20

Total 17 01 15 -- 500 -- 125 -- -- -- 175 -- 50 Student Contact Hours Per Week: 33 Hrs. THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH. Total Marks : 850 @ - Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $ - Common to all branches Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Term Work, SW- Sessional Work Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional

work (SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms Code number for TH, PR, OR, TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.

Page 97: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17301 EE/EP3 2

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX

Semester : Third

Subject Title : Applied Mathematics

Subject Code : 17301

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

Applied mathematics is designed for its applications in engineering and technology. It

includes the topics integration, differential equation, probability distribution. The connection

between applied mathematics and its applications in real life can be understood and appreciated.

Derivatives are useful to find slope of the curve, maxima and minima of function, radius of

curvature. Integral calculus helps in finding the area. In analog to digital converter and modulation

system integration is important. Differential equation is used in finding curve. Probability is used

in Metrology and quality control.

The fundamentals of this topic are directly useful in understanding engineering applications in

various fields.

General Objectives:

Students will be able to:

1. Apply derivatives to find slope, maxima, minima and radius of curvature.

2. Apply integral calculus to solve different engineering problems.

3. Apply the concept of integration for finding area.

4. Apply differential equation for solving problems in different engineering fields.

5. Apply the knowledge of probability to solve the examples related to the production process.

Page 98: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17301 EE/EP3 3

Learning Structure:

Applications Procedure Solving problems of tangent, normal. Finding maxima, minima and radius of curvature

Solving problems on methods of integration and its properties. Finding area.

Solving examples of differential equations of first order and first degree.

Solving different examples on binomial, poisson and normal distribution

Principle Methods of finding slope, curvature, maxima and minima

Methods of finding integration, definite integration and its properties

Methods of differential equations of first order and first degree

Formulae for binomial, normal, and poisson distribution

Concept

Facts First order and second order derivatives

Derivatives, notation of integration, definition of integration

Integration, definition of differential equation

Permutation , Combination, probability of an event

 

Apply the principles of mathematics to solve examples in all branches of Engineering Diploma.

Geometrical meaning of derivatives, increasing and decreasing functions

Integration of standard functions. Rules of integration, integration by parts, partial fractions

Order and degree of differential equation. Formation of differential equation

Probability of repeated trails of random experiments

Page 99: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17301 EE/EP3 4

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours Marks Topic-1 Applications of Derivative Specific objectives : Find slope, curvature, maximum and minimum value of functions

related to different engineering applications. Examples for finding slope , equations of tangent and normal to

the curve Maxima and minima. Radius of curvature.

06 16

Topic-2 Integral Calculus 2.1 Integration ------------------------- 20 Specific objectives : Integrate function using different method.

Definition of integration as anti derivative, rules of integration. Integration of standard functions Methods of integration

Integration by substitution. Integration by partial fractions. Integration by parts and generalized rule by parts.

14

44 2.2 Definite Integrals ---------------------------------- 16 Specific objectives : Solve problems on definite integrals using the properties.

Definite integral- Definition, examples. Properties of definite integrals without proof and simple

examples.

08

2.3 Application of Definite Integrals -----------------------08 Specific objectives : Find area.

Area under a curve. Area between two curves.

04

Topic 3 - Differential Equation. 3.1 Differential equation Specific objectives : Solve the differential equation of first order and first degree Solve different engineering problems using differential equation

Differential equation- Definition, order and degree of a differential equation. Formation of differential equation containing single constant.

Solution of differential equation of first order and first degree for following types

Variable separable form, Equation reducible to variable separable form. Linear differential equation. Homogeneous differential equation. Exact differential equation.

10 20

Page 100: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17301 EE/EP3 5

Topic 4 - Probability 4.1 Probability Specific objectives : ---------------------------- 08 Solve different engineering problems related to probability process.

Definition of random experiment, sample space, event, occurrence of event and types of event (impossible, mutually exclusive, exhaustive, equally likely)

Definition of probability, addition and multiplication theorems of probability.

02

20

4.2 Probability Distribution ---------------------- 12 Binomial distribution Poisson’s Distribution Normal distribution

04

Total 48 100 Learning Resources:

1) Books:

Sr. No Title Authors Publication

1 Mathematic for Polytechnic S. P. Deshpande Pune Vidyarthi Girha Prakashan’ Pune

2 Calculus : Single Variable Robert. T. Smith Tata McGraw Hill

3 Higher Engineering mathematics B. V Ramana Tata McGraw Hill

4 Higher Engineering mathematics H. K. Dass S .Chand Publication

5 Higher Engineering Mathematics B. S. Grewal Khanna Publication, New Delhi

6 Applied Mathematics P. N. Wartikar Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, pune

2) Websites :

i) www.khan academy

Page 101: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17321 EE/EP3 6

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE/EP

Semester : Third

Subject Title : Basic Electronics (Electrical)

Subject Code : 17321

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

04 -- 02 03 100 25# -- 25@ 150

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale: Electronics plays very important role in our day to day life. Basic electronics is the base for

all engineering trades. It starts with the semiconductor material. Next the working principle of PN junction will help the students to understand the working of most of the semiconductor devices. Study of optical diodes gives basics for all optical devices such as scanner, Xerox machine, fax machine etc. Students should understand basics of power supply, since most of the electronic devices work on DC power supply. Study of MOSFET is essential since 95% of the semiconductor market is devices are controlled by MOSFETs. Introduction to digital electronics gives the students idea about working of microprocessor. Objectives: Students will be able to:

1. Define the scope of electronics. 2. State some applications of electronics in our day-to-day life. 3. State the latest trends in the field of electronics. 4. Draw the symbol, characteristics & applications of some important active devices. 5. Testing of active & passive components. 6. List the specifications of active & passive components. 7. Reading the data sheets of electronic components.

Page 102: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17321 EE/EP3 7

Learning Structure: Applications Procedure

Principles Concepts Facts

1) Develop circuits of rectifier, filter, regulator, power supplies, and amplifiers using semiconductor devices.

2) Use the knowledge for study high level subjects.

DC Power supply

Amplifiers

Semiconductor Theory, P & N type

Filters

BJT, UJT, JFET, MOSFET, Power BJT, Power MOSFET

PN junction diode

Zener regulator

Biasing of transistor

Optical diodes, LED, IRLED, Photodiode & LASER diode

Sp. Diodes: Zener, point contact, Schottkey, cter

Active Devices

Passive Devices

Digital Electronics

Number system

Basic Gates

Rectifier

Page 103: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17321 EE/EP3 8

Theory:

Topic and Detailed Content Hours Marks Topic 1: Semiconductor Diode Specific Objectives: Select specific diode according to application. Select the diode with required specification.

Contents: 1.1 Semiconductor Theory Review of semiconductor theory (No questions to be set in Theory Paper) Intrinsic semiconductor, Extrinsic semiconductor, doping, dopant Trivalent & pentavalent impurities, P- Type and N- Type semiconductor.

1.2 Semiconductor Diode PN Junction. Junction theory: Barrier voltage, Depletion region, Junction capacitance,

Forward and reverse biased junction V- I characteristics of P-N junction diode. Circuit diagram for characteristics( Forward & Reverse)

1.3 Specifications of diode Forward Voltage Drop, Reverse Saturation Current, Maximum Forward

Current, Power Dissipation. Ideal Diode Model.

1.4 Zener diode Construction & symbol Circuit diagram for characteristics( Forward & Reverse) Specification of zener diode: zener voltage( VZ), Maximum power

dissipation( PD(max)) , Break over current(IZK), zener resistance. Special purpose diodes: Schottkey diode, Point-contact diode, Varacter

diode (Construction, symbol, Characteristics and applications). Optical diodes: LED, IRLED, Photodiode and LASER diode (Symbol,

operating principle and applications of each)

08 12

Topics 2: Rectifiers and Filters Specific Objectives: Select the specific rectifier & filter according to the requirement Lists various types of filter circuits with advantages & disadvantages.

Contents: 2.1 Rectifiers Need of rectifier Types of rectifier: Half wave rectifier, Full wave rectifier( Bridge and

Centre tapped) Working with waveform(IP /OP waveformsfor voltage and current,

Average (DC) value of current and voltage ( No derivation) Ripple, ripple factor, ripple frequency, PIV of diode used, transformer

utilization factor, efficiency of rectifier. Comparison of three types of rectifiers (HWR. FWR (bridge & centre

tapped). 2.2 Filters Need of filters Types of filters: shunt capacitor, series inductor, LC filter, π filter (circuit

diagram, operation, DC O/P voltage, ripple factor (formula), ripple

06 08

Page 104: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17321 EE/EP3 9

frequency, Dependence of ripple factor on load. I/P and O/P waveforms, Limitations and Advantages of all types of filters.

Topic : 3 Bipolar Junction Transistor Specific Objectives: Identify the transistor configuration according to application. Lists types of biasing & coupling. Select the specific amplifier type according to application.

Contents: 3.1 Transistor 16 Marks Transistor definition Types: NPN, PNP junction transistors (Symbols, operating principle

(NPN only) Transistor configuration: Common emitter (CE), common collector (CC),

common base (CB). Characteristics in CE configuration (Circuit diagram, I/P and O/P

characteristics, different points of characteristics (Cut-off, Active and Saturation), input resistance, output resistance, current gain (α and β )

Transistor Biasing: Need of biasing, DC load line, Operating point Types of biasing circuits: Fixed bias circuit, Base biased with emitter

feedback, Base biased with collector feedback, Voltage divider bias, Emitter biased

3. 2 Transistor as an amplifier ( CE configuration only) 12 Marks Graphical representation, Current gain, Voltage gain, Power gain (No

derivation), Input output resistance, Phase shift between input and output. AC Load line Single Stage CE amplifier: Circuit diagram, Function of each component,

Frequency response and bandwidth. Need of Cascaded amplifier Types of coupling : RC couple, Transformer couple, Direct couple

(Circuit diagram and function of each component) Application of each amplifier Transistor as a switch – (Circuit diagram, operation, application)

3.3 Power amplifier 08 Marks Introduction, classification : class A, class B, class AB, class C (Efficiency of each). Single stage class A power amplifier (Circuit operation, IP/OP

waveforms, graphical analysis and efficiency) Transformer couple resistive load single stage power amplifier. Class A push pull amplifier. Class B push pull amplifier. Class AB push pull amplifier. Concept of cross over distortion. Need of heat sink.

UJT Symbol, characteristics and working principle of UJT.

24 36

Topic : 4 Field Effect Transistor (Unipolar Transistor) Specific Objectives: Differentiate between BJT & FET. Identify the type of unipolar transistor to suit the application.

Contents:

08 12

Page 105: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17321 EE/EP3 10

4.1 FET Types, Symbols and working principle Characteristics of FET, Circuit diagram for drain characteristics,

Operating regions of characteristics. Drain resistance, Mutual capacitance, amplification factor and their

relation, Pinch off voltage of FET Comparison of BJT and FET.(Types of carriers, switching speed,

Thermal stability, space in case of IC fabrication, control parameter, input impedance, offset voltage, power gain at audio frequencies)

4.2 MOSFET Types, symbol, working principle Application of FET and MOSFET.

Topic : 5 Regulated Power Supply Specific Objectives: Identify the regulator IC with specification. Select the regulator IC to meet the application.

Contents: Definition of regulator, Need of regulator, Voltage regulation factor, Concept of load regulation and line regulation Zener diode as a voltage regulator. Basic block diagram of DC power supply Transistorized Series voltage regulator, Transistorized Shunt voltage

regulator, (Circuit diagram and operation) Regulator IC’s IC’s 78XX, 79XX (Functional Pin diagram) IC 723 as fixed, variable and Dual regulator.

04 12

Topic: 6 Oscillators Specific Objectives: State the concept of feedback & Barkhausen criteria. Select the specific oscillator circuit according to application.

Contents: Definition and block diagram of oscillator. Concept of feedback, Types of feedback, Positive feedback, Negative

feedback, Barkhausen’s criterion Classification of oscillators LC oscillators Hartley oscillators Colpitt’s oscillators RC oscillator Crystal Oscillator

(Circuit Diagram & Working)

08 12

Topic : 7 Digital Electronics Specific Objectives: Identify various gates with truth table. Describe the basics of Micro Processor.

Contents: Digital circuit, Digital signal, Use of digital circuit and signal. Number System: Introduction to binary, octal decimal and hexadecimal

number system Logic Gates Logic symbol, Logical expression and truth table of AND, OR, NOT,

06 08

Page 106: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17321 EE/EP3 11

EX-OR, & EX-NOR gates. Universal gates : NAND gate and NOR gate Application of Digital Electronics Basic block diagram of Microprocessor.

Total 64 100 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Identification & selection of components. 2. Interpretation of circuits. 3. Understand working of rectifier, filter, amplifier & oscillator circuits.

Motor Skills:

1. Ability to draw the circuits 2. Ability to measure various parameters. 3. Ability to test the components using multimeter. 4. Ability to read data sheets of components. 5. Follow standard test procedures.

List of Practicals:

1. Forward & Reverse characteristics of diode. 2. Forward & Reverse characteristics of zener diode. 3. Study of Rectifiers (Half wave & Full wave) & Filters(Capacitor & Inductor Filter) 4. Input & output characteristics of transistor in CE mode. 5. Characteristics of FET. 6. Characteristics of UJT. 7. Load & Line regulation characteristics of Zener Diode Regulator. 8. Frequency response of single stage RC coupled amplifier. 9. Determine waveforms of LC & RC oscillator circuits. 10. Verifying truth tables of logic gates using ICs.

Learning Resources: Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 N. N. Bhargava, D.C. Kulashreshtha, S.C. Gupta – TTTI Chandigharh

Basic Electronics & Linear Circuits Tata McGraw Hill

2 Albert Malvino David J Bates Electronic Principles Tata McGraw Hill

3 Debashis De Basic Electronics Pearson

4 B Basavaraj H N Shivashankar Basic Electronics Vikas

5 Vijar Baru Rajendra Kaduskar Sunil T. Gaikwad

Basic Electronics Engineering Dreamtech

6 J. P. Bandyopadhyay Basic Electronics Engineering Vikas 7 David A Bell Electronic Devices & circuits Oxford

Page 107: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17322 EE/EP3 12

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE /EP

Semester : Third

Subject Title : Electrical & Electronic Measurement

Subject Code : 17322

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 -- 02 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

This is the core technology subject. The electrical diploma holder has to work in industry as

technical person in middle level management. He has to work as production, maintenance, testing

engineer in various industries like power generation, transmission, distribution, traction etc. and has

to deal with different electrical machines and equipments. While performing above task he has to

measure different electrical parameters and quantities therefore he must require the skills for these

measurements and broad idea of different meters and equipments.

General Objectives:

The Students will be able to: -

1. To know the vocabulary of electrical measurement system

2. Identify various measuring instruments

3. To read different meters properly

4. Select proper meter / equipment for particular measurement

5. calibrate various types of meters/ instruments as per ISS

Page 108: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17322 EE/EP3 13

Learning Structure:

Measure current, voltage power, energy, p.f., frequency in electrical Installation system and industries for monitoring and control

processes.

Extension of meter ranges and calibration

Use of different measurement Methods equipment and meters.

Measurement of circuit components (R, L, C), Frequency & Power Factor

Checking of phase sequence

Construction of Inductor and Capacitor bridges, LCR meter

Construction of Ohmmeter, megger, Kelvin Bridge, Wheatstone Bridge, LCR meter

Construction, operation & Classification of different measuring instrument like V, W, f, P, A, Trivector meter sychronoscope, clip-on meter E.M.

Principles of operation of different types of measuring instruments like Ammeter, Voltmeter, Wattmeter, Frequency and Power Factor Meter, Trivectormeter, Sychronoscope, Energy Meter

Principles of operation of Ohm meter, megger, Wheatstone bridge, Kelvin bridge, LCR meter, phase sequence, Inductance bridges

Concept of measurement, extension of range of meter, power factor measurement, calibration etc.

Measurement of voltage, current, power and energy

Concept of phase sequence, Earth resistance Insulation Resistance, Low and Medium Resistance

Current, Voltage, Power, Energy, Power Factor, Frequency, Ammeter, Power Factor Meter etc.

Error in the measuring instruments

Application

Procedure

Principle

Concept

Facts

Page 109: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17322 EE/EP3 14

Theory:

Topics and contents Hours Marks Topic 1: Fundamentals of Measurements. Understand different terms in measurement system. Explain development of different torques in measurement system.

Contents: Significance and purpose of electrical measurement systems. Various electrical effects employed in measuring instruments. Desirable characteristics of measuring instruments: accuracy,

sensitivity, selectivity, reproducibility, precision, errors, drift Common errors in analog measuring instruments. Classification of measuring instruments. Different torques in analog instruments: Deflecting, controlling and

damping torque. Methods of developing these torques

07 14

Topic 2: Measurement of Voltage and Current. Identify different parts of indicating instruments. Select proper meter for particular application.

Contents: Constructional features and working principles used in PMMC and MI

instruments. Comparison between PMMC and MI instruments. Basic arrangements of using above instruments for measurement of

voltage and current in single phase circuits. Extension of Range of ammeters and voltmeters.

D. C. Ammeters: Using Shunts: calculations of shunt resistance and simple numerical

D. C. Voltmeters: Using Multipliers: calculations of multiplier resistance and simple numericals

A. C. Ammeters: Using Current transformers: Construction and principle of operation, precautions

A. C. Voltmeters :Using Potential transformers Construction and principle of operation, precautions

Calibration of Ammeter and Voltmeter: Concept of Standard meter, Calibration Procedure

10 24

Topic 3: Concept of Power and Power Measuring Instruments: Know Significance of power factor in power measurement. Use appropriate method for power measurements using wattmeter

Contents: Concept of impedance triangle in A.C. circuit-R-L,R-C and R-L-C

series circuit. Concept of Power factor and its significance. Active, Reactive and apparent power, their equations, relations and

units. Power Triangle : concept of lagging and leading power factor Constructional features of Dynamometer type instruments and its use

as a wattmeter for single phase circuits. Multiplying factor of wattmeter. Different errors in wattmeter and their compensations.

06 12

Topic 4: Measurement of three phase a. c. Power 06 12

Page 110: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17322 EE/EP3 15

Use appropriate methods for measurement of 3-ph Power Verify power measured analytically and by using phasor diagrams

Contents: One wattmeter method: Measurement of active and reactive power.

Advantages and Limitations Two wattmeter method: Measurement of active and reactive power.

Advantages and Limitations Effect of Power factor on wattmeter reading in two wattmeter method. Extension of ranges

(Simple numericals on above ) Topic 5: Measurement of Electrical Energy Make connections of single phase energy meter. Calibrate 1-ph energy meter Choose energy meter of appropriate rating

Contents: Concept of electrical energy Constructional features and working principle of single phase and

three phase induction type energy meter. Different types of errors and their compensations. Calibration of single phase induction type energy meter by direct

loading. Digital Energy meter: Working principle, advantages over analog

meter

05 10

Topic 5: Measurement of Circuit Parameters. Measure different resistances by selecting correct method of

measurement. Use LCR meter for measurement of L, C and R. Classify the resistance

Contents: Classification of resistance.-Low, Medium and High. Methods of measurement of low and medium resistance by simple V-I

method and by using digital multimeter. Constructional features working principles and applications of megger

and earth tester. Comparison and applications of –analog and digital multimeter. Working of L-C-R meter for measurement of inductance and

capacitance

07 14

Topic 6: Constructional features, working principles and applications of Other meters.

Specific Objectives: Select a meter for measuring P.F, Frequency and Phase sequence Use Clip On Meter efficiently Use of C.R.O. and function generator

Contents: Single phase and three phase power factor meter.(Only dynamometer

type) Frequency meter- Reed type, Ferro-dynamic type, Weston type Phase sequence indicator(Rotating type only) Clip on ammeter.

07 14

Page 111: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17322 EE/EP3 16

Synchroscope- Weston type only C.R.O.- Block diagram, function of each block, front panel diagram,

application, observation of waveform, Digital storage Oscilloscope (Block Diagram only)

Function generator- Block diagram, function of each block, front panel diagram, application of function generator in measurement. Block diagram of Sine wave generator.

Total 48 100 Practicals: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Apply different Measuring skill.

2. Select proper equipment.

Motor Skills:

1. Measurement of electrical quantities

2. Connections skill.

3. Handling of meters

List of Practical’s:

1. To know measuring instruments on the basis of symbols on dial like, type, class position

and scale.

2. To identify the components of PMMC and MI instruments, using working models.

3. To extend range of voltmeter and ammeter by using PT and CT.

4. To measure power in a single phase circuit by electro-dynamic watt-meter.

5. To measure active and reactive power of three phase balanced load using single

wattmeter.

6. To measure active power of three-phase balanced load using two watt-meters.

7. To calibrate single phase energy meter by direct loading.

8. To use digital multi-meter and clamp on meter for measurement of AC/DC current,

AC/DC voltage and resistance.

9. To use megger for various measurements.

10. To measure supply frequency and power factor in single-phase circuit.

Page 112: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17322 EE/EP3 17

Learning Resources:

1. Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the Book Name of the Publisher

1. A.K.Sawhney Electrical & Electronics Measurements & Instrumentation Dhanpatrai & sons

2. N.V. Suryanarayna Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instruments S, Chand & co.

3. C.T. Baldwin Fundamentals of Electrical Measurements --

4. R.K. Rajput Electrical Measurements & Measuring Instruments S. Chand & co.

2. ISO, IS, BS standards, Data Sheets, IE Rules Handbook

ISO: 1248, 1765, 6236, 9223, 8945, 2442

3. Websites www.test-meter.co.uk/ en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Emerson_Electric_Company www.electrical-installation.org www.idemi.org/ www.davis.com/ www.sensors-research.com/links.htm

Page 113: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17323 EE/EP3 18

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Third

Subject Title : Electrical Circuits and Networks

Subject Code : 17323

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

04 01 02 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

In order to understand electrical machines, power system, controls and measurements,

knowledge of electrical circuit and network is very important. Study of electrical network lays the

foundation to understand subjects of application level.

The study of this subject will facilitate student to understand concept and principles of

circuits and circuit analysis. It helps also students in fault finding and troubleshooting.

General Objectives:

The student will be able to:

1) Understand basic elements of the circuit, terminology used and various quantities

involved.

2) Use network theorems for solution of DC network.

3) Realize the importance of series ac circuit and parallel ac circuit.

4) Know the relations between phase and line values of various quantities in three phase ac

circuit.

5) Calculate various parameters of a.c. circuits.

Page 114: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17323 EE/EP3 19

Learning Structure:

Solve and Analyse A.C. and D.C. Circuits, Network and Polyphase circuits. Applications

Series and Parallel A.C. Circuits and Resonance in RL- C Circuits

Combinational Circuits And Electrical Network

Polyphase Circuit Procedure

Determination of Circuits Parameters and Power p.f. Calculation A.C. & D.C.

Phasor Diagrams And Methods for Solving Electrical Circuit

Mesh and Nodal Analysis of Circuits

D.C. Network Theorems,

Source Conversion & Transient Response

Principles

Ohms Law, KCL and KVL Applicable To A.C. and D.C. Circuits

Division Law of Current Applicable To A.C. and D.C.

Response of A.C. to R, L C Concepts

Concept of Basic Circuit Elements. R.L.C.

Electrical Circuit Terminology Facts

Page 115: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17323 EE/EP3 20

Theory: Note: All Network Theorems should be taught for DC supply & Superposition Theorem should be taught for both AC & DC supply. Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1. Review Of Basic Concepts Of Electric Circuit: Specific Objectives: Understand generation of a.c. supply and concept of phasor Define various terms related with a.c. supply. Draw sinusoidal a.c. waveform and phasor diagram. Calculate r.m.s., average ,instantaneous value and amplitude of a.c.

supply. Contents: 1.1 Basic Electric Circuit Elements R, L, C. 1.2 Simple one loop a.c. generator to produce sinusoidal a.c e.m.f. 1.3 Sinusoidal a.c. waveform and definitions of various terms such as frequency, time-period, cycle, amplitude, average value, r,m,s value, crest factor ,form factor .(Simple numericals) 1.4 Concept of phasor. 1.5 Response of pure R, L, and C to sinusoildal a.c. supplies. 1.6 Phasor representation of alternating quantity and concept of phase angle.(Simple numericals)

06 12

Topic 2. Single Phase A.C. Series Circuits : Specific Objectives: Calculate current, reactance and impedance of series a.c. circuit. Draw phasor diagram of series a.c. circuit. Calculate various powers, and p.f. of series a.c. circuit.

Contents: 2.1 Series a.c. circuits R-L, R-C and R-L-C circuits. Impedance, reactance, phasor diagram, impedance triangle, power factor, active(real) power, apparent power , reactive power, power triangle (Derivations and Numericals). 2.2 Series Resonance, quality factor (Derivations and Numericals). 2.3 Solution for AC Series circuit by using complex algebra.

12 20

Page 116: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17323 EE/EP3 21

Topic 3. Single Phase A.C. Parallel Circuits: Specific Objectives: The students will be able to : Calculate current, reactance and impedance of parallel a.c.circuit. Draw phasor diagram of parallel a.c.circuit. Calculate various powers, and p.f. of parallel a.c. circuit.

Contents: 3.1 Parallel AC circuits Resistance in parallel with pure inductance. Resistance in parallel with capacitance. Series combination of resistance and inductance in parallel with

capacitance Concept of Admittance, Conductance & Susceptance, Solution by admittance method and impedance method.(Numericals only) 3.2 Parallel resonance, quality factor. 3.3 Comparison of series and parallel circuits

08 12

Topic 4. Polyphase A.C. Circuits : Specific Objectives: Calculate current, reactance and impedance of each phase of polyphase

a.c. circuit. Calculate line quantities. Draw phasor diagram of polyphase a.c. circuit. Calculate various powers, and p.f. of polyphase a.c. circuit.

Contents 4.1 Advantages of polyphase circuits over single phase circuits 4.2Generation of three phase e. m. f. 4.3 Phase sequence, polarity marking. 4.4 Types of three-phase connections. 4.5 Concept of unbalanced load and balanced load. 4.6 Line, phase quantities and power in three phase system with balanced star and Delta connected load & their interrelationship.(Derivations and numerical)

10 18

Topic 5 : Principles of Circuit Analysis (ONLY DC Circuits): Specific Objectives: Realize importance of source transformations and λ /∆ or∆ / λ

transformations. Solve examples of simple d.c. circuits by mesh or node analysis.

Contents: 5.1Source transformation (No Numericals). 5.2Star/delta & Delta/star transformations (No Numericals). 5.3Mesh analysis (Numericals with two equations). 5.4Node analysis (Numericals with two equations).

08 12

Topic 6 : Network Theorems: Note: Simple Numericals on DC Circuits only with maximum two simultaneous equations Specific Objectives:

16 20

Page 117: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17323 EE/EP3 22

Calculate the current in a given network by applying proper therom. Realize importance of maximum power transfer thermo.

Contents: 6.1 Superposition Theorem for both AC Voltage & DC Source. 6.2 Thevenin’s Theorem 6.3 Norton’s Theorem 6.4 Maximum Power Transfer Theorem Topic 7 : Initial And Final Conditions Of Elements In A Network : Specific Objectives: Understand importance of initial and final conditions. Use such initial and final conditions in switching circuits and electronic

circuits. Contents Concept of initial and final conditions in switching circuits. Meaning of t = 0 -, t = 0+ and t = ∞. R,L, and C at initial conditions R,L, and C at final conditions

04 06

Total 64 100 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Distinguish between series and parallel a.c. circuits 2. Interpret electrical circuit diagram. 3. Identify safety equipments required. 4. Decide the procedure for setting experiments.

Motor Skills: 1. Connect as per circuit diagram along with various required proper range meters. 2. Measure electrical current, voltage drop, power etc. 3. Select proper supply for a given experiment.(a.c. or d.c.) 4. Use safety devices while working.

List of Practicals: All Experiments Are Compulsory. 1. To determine impedance, phase angle and plot phasor diagram of R-L a.c. series circuit. To

calculate also active, reactive and apparent power consumed in R-L series circuit 2. To determine impedance, phase angle and plot phasor diagram of R-C a.c. series circuit. To

calculate also active, reactive and apparent power consumed in R-C series circuit. 3. To determine impedance, phase angle and plot phasor diagram of R-L-C a.c. series circuit. To

calculate also active, reactive and apparent power consumed in R-L-C series circuit. 4. To obtain resonance in R-L-C a.c. series circuit either

By varying L or C or By using variable frequency supply.

5. a. To measure current of each branch of R-C parallel a. c. circuit

Page 118: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17323 EE/EP3 23

b. To calculate p. f., active, reactive and apparent power taken by same R-C parallel a. c. circuit (Resistor in parallel with capacitor) 6. a. To measure current of each branch of RL-C parallel a. c. circuit b. To calculate also p.f., active, reactive and apparent power taken by the a. c. circuit. (Series connection of resistor and inductor in parallel with capacitor) 7. To verify line and phase values for balanced three phase load and to calculate all types of power.

Star connected Delta connected

8. To verify superposition therom. 9. To verify Thevenin’s and Norton’s therom. 10. To verify maximum power transfer theorem. Learning Resources:

1. Books: Sr. No Author Title Edition Publisher

1 B. L. Theraja A. K. Theraja

A Text Book of Electrical Technology Vol-I (Basic Electrical Engg.)

Multicolour Edition 2005 And Subsequent Reprint

S. Chand & Co. Ramnagar New Delhi

2 V. N. Mittle Basic Electrical Engg. Any Edition After 2005 Tata McGraw-Hill

3 Edward Hughes Electrical Technology Second And Any Subsequent Edition

Pearson Education, New Delhi

4 A. Sudhakar Circuit and network Fourth Edition Tata McGraw Hill

5 R.S. Ananda Murthy

Basic Electrical Engineering Second Edition Pearson

6 P.Ramesh Babu Electric Circuits First Edition Scitech

7 Richard C. Dorf and James A. Svoboda

Electric Circuits Sixth Edition WILLEY student WILLEY INDIA Edition

8 Sunil T. Gaikwad

Basic Electrical Engineering First Edition

Dreamtech Press 19-A Daryaganj, N.Delhi

9 David A. Bell Electric Circuits Seventh Edition Oxford Univesity Press

10 K Murugesh Kumar

Elements of Electrical Engg. First Edition

Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd. Noida

2. Websites:

www.wikipedia.com , www.youtube.com , www.norsa.com, www.dreamtechpress.com

Page 119: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17324 EE/EP3 24

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE/EP

Semester : Third

Subject Title : Electrical Power Generation

Subject Code : 17324

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

Electrical energy plays vital role in the development and industrialization of the country.

The development of the country is best judged by its power generation capacity and usage. It is a

driving force in the development hence it is necessary to understand the basic concepts and

principles of energy generation.

The subject content on factors governing selection and location of site, block diagrams or

typical layout of various power plants and economics of power generation will be useful in

effective and efficient running of power plants.

This subject is the building block for further studies in transmission, distribution, utilization

and protection of power system for smooth and stable operation.

General Objectives:

The students will be able to:

1. Classify the different sources of electric power generation.

2. Decide the various factors governing selection of site for power plant and list their merits.

3. Describe principle and operation of power generation.

4. Identify and describe the function of each component of power plant.

5. Select the power generation technique based on economy.

6. Compare between various sources of power generation.

Page 120: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17324 EE/EP3 25

Learning Structure:

Applications

Procedure

Principles

Concepts Facts

Power plant, generators, sources of energy

Electric Power Generation from Thermal, Hydro, Nuclear sources and Renewable energy sources

Diploma holders can operate control & maintain various equipment in power stations. Also they can select proper method of power generation in given situation by comparing

generation methods on different parameters.

Steps in Economics In Power-Generation

Operation of Wind Power Station and Solar Power generation systems.

Operation & Control of Thermal Power Station, Hydro Power Station, Nuclear Power Station and Diesel Power Station Equipment

Factors Related to Power plants economics Methods of generating

power from Renewable Energy Sources.

Methods of generating power from Conventional Energy Sources.

Different types of Loads such as Domestic, Commercial & Industrial Loads

Page 121: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17324 EE/EP3 26

Theory:

Topics and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1: Basics of Power Generation Specific objectives:

State the importance of electrical energy in the growth of a country. List the various energy sources.

Contents: Importance of electrical power in day today life. Various sources of energy- conventional and renewable. Types of fuels: solid, liquid and gaseous, their calorific values, advantages

and disadvantages of these fuels. Overview of electrical power Generation in India and future perspectives.

02

06

Topic 2 : Thermal Power Station Specific Objectives: List various Thermal Power Stations in India. State the function of various elements of a Thermal Power Plant.

Contents: 2.1 List of Thermal Power Station in Maharashtra state with their capacity. 2.2 Factors governing selection of site for Thermal station. 2.3 Schematic block diagram of Coal Fired Power Station. 2.4 Constituents of steam power plant and Their function.

Coal handling unit (Various stages in coal handling unit). Boiler (Fire tube and water tube boilers). Super-heater and re-heater Steam prime movers. Condensers Spray ponds and cooling towers. Turbo alternator (salient features).

2.5 Flue gas flow diagram of thermal Power plant with function of each part Draught Systems: Natural draught, Mechanical draught, Forced , induced

and balanced draught: definition and working only Economizer Feed water heater Ash precipitators.

2.6 Ash Disposal and Dust Collection. o Merits and demerits of Steam Power Plant

09 20

Topic 3 : Hydro Electric Power Plants Specific Objectives: List various Hydro Power plants Describe the process of Hydrology. Classify Hydro Electric plants on various parameters.

Contents: 3.1 List of Hydro Electric Power Stations in Maharashtra state with their capacity. 3.2 Factors governing selection of site for Hydro Electric power plant. 3.3 Definition of the terms and their significance in capacity of power plant:

Hydrology, surface Runoff, Evaporation and precipitation 3.4 Schematic arrangement of Hydro Electric Power Plant and function of Elements listed below:

Storage Reservoir, Dam, Fore bay, Spillway, Intake, Surge tank, Penstock, Trash rack, Tail Race, Prime movers or water turbines, power house

08 16

Page 122: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17324 EE/EP3 27

3.6 Classification of Hydro Electric power plants According to water flow regulation According to load. According to head. Pumped storage power plants.

3.7 Advantages and disadvantages of Hydro Electric Power Plant. 3.8 Salient features of Hydro generator Topic 4 : Nuclear Power Station Specific Objectives: List various Nuclear Power Stations in India Identify elements of typical Nuclear Power Plant.

Contents: 4.1 List of nuclear power stations in Maharashtra state and the Country with their capacities. 4.2 Factors governing Selection of site for the nuclear power plant 4.3 A brief review of atomic physics

• Radioactive isotopes, mass energy equivalence, binding energy and mass defect, nuclear chain reaction, multiplication factor, critical size.

4.4 Nuclear fuels: Uranium, thorium, plutonium 4.5 Main parts of reactors and their Function Fuel, reactor core, moderator, shielding, control rods, reflectors, coolant,

reactor vessel. 4.6 Classification of nuclear reactors: operation and constructional features Advanced Gas Cooled Reactor (AGC) Boiling Water Reactor (BWR) Pressurized water reactor (PWR) Fast Breeder Reactor (FBR)

4.7 Control of Nuclear Reactor By using control rods Control through flow of coolant.

4.8 Disposal of Nuclear waste and Nuclear Shielding. 4.9 Schematic arrangement of typical Nuclear Power Plant. 4.10 Advantages and disadvantages of Nuclear Power Station.

10 20

Topic 5 : Diesel Electric Power Plant Specific Objectives:

Identify the elements of medium size Diesel Power Plant. Use of diesel power plant as Captive Power Selection of Diesel generating set as uninterrupted power supply or standby

unit Contents: 5.1 Elements of diesel Electric Power Plant With their functions. Diesel engine, Fuel system, Air Intake System, Exhaust system, Engine Starting system. 5.2 Layout of a medium size Diesel Electric Power Plant 5.3 Different types of engine and their working. 5.4 Applications of diesel power plants. 5.5 Advantages and disadvantages of Diesel Electric Power Plant. 5.6 Captive Power Generation

Advantages and disadvantages Types of Captive Power Plant

05 10

Page 123: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17324 EE/EP3 28

Topic 6 : Economics Of Power Generation & Interconnected Power Systems Specific Objectives:

State the significance of different load curves in power generation. Identify the factors affecting cost of generation. Decide rating and units of generators to meet the given load State factors considered for selection of plant. State merits of interconnection of Power systems.

Contents: 6.1 Terms commonly used in system operation: connected load, firm power, cold

reserve, hot reserve, spinning reserve. 6.2 Curves used in system operation such as Load-curve, load duration curve,

integrated duration curve. (Simple numerical based on plotting above curves.) 6.3 Factors affecting the cost of Generation: Average demand, Maximum demand,

demand factor, plant capacity factor, plant use factor, diversity factor, load factor and plant load factor (Simple numerical based on above)

6.4 Choice of Size & number of Generator Units, (Simple numerical), difficulties involved in it.

6.5 Combined operation of power stations. 6.6 Comparison of various types of power stations 6.7 Advantages of Interconnection. 6.8 Base load & peak loads, load allocation among various types of power Stations. 6.9 Inter connection of power stations at state and national level

06 12

Topics 7: Renewable Energy Sources Specific Objectives: Understand the necessity of renewable energy sources. Understand different methods of solar energy conversion systems. Select different types of solar energy collectors. Decide the rating of PV cell. List limitations of Solar Power Generation. Understand different methods of wind energy conversion systems. List limitations of wind Power Generation.

Contents:

7.1 Importance of renewable energy sources. 7.2 Types of renewable energy sources such as solar, wind, biomass,

geothermal, ocean energy, hydrogen energy etc. 7.3 Solar Radiation Solar radiation at the earth’s surface: Spectral Distribution of Extra

Terrestrial Solar Radiation Schematic representation of Distribution of Solar energy as direct,

diffused, total radiation. Solar constant: definition and formula (No numerical) 7.4 Solar Collectors Classification of Solar collectors Construction, working and applications of :

Flat plate collectors and Concentrating type collectors, comparison between them.

Schematic diagram of solar thermal power plant, working, advantages and disadvantages over PV systems.

7.5 Solar PV System

08 16

Page 124: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17324 EE/EP3 29

Principle of Solar cell and its rating. Series parallel connection of solar cell and its necessity. Construction of Solar PV array, module, panel. Types of solar cells and its efficiency. 7.6 Solar PV Applications Functional block diagram of Photovoltaic Power Generating System. Advantages and disadvantages. 7.7 Wind Energy Meaning of the terms: Power in the wind, Maximum power,

Coefficient, forces on blades and thrust on turbines. Site selection consideration. Block diagram showing basic Wind energy conversion system and

Function of each block. Types of Wind turbines horizontal and vertical axis wind schematic

representation different parts and their functions. Advantages and limitations of wind energy.

Total 48 100 Learning Resources: Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 J. B. Gupta A course in Electrical Power S. K. Kataria & Sons

2 B. R. Gupta Generation of Electrical Energy Eurasia Publishing House Pvt. Ltd

3 Soni, Gupta, Bhatanagar A course in Electrical Power Dhanapatrai and Sons

4 S. N. Singh Electric Power Generation, transmission and distribution PHI Learning

5 M. V. Deshpande Elements of Electrical Power Station Design PHI Learning

6 G. D. Rai Non-Conventional Energy Sources Khanna Publications 7 S. P. Sukhatme Solar Energy Tata McGraw Hill

Websites:

1. www. nptel.iitm.ac.in 2. www. solardyne.com 3. www. otherpower.com 4. www. solarenergy.com 5. www. windpower.org 6. www. alternativesourcesofenergy.net 7. www. mnre.gov.in 8. www. howstuffworks.com 9. www.mahaurja.org/com

Page 125: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17022 EE/EP3 30

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Third

Subject Title : Computer Programming

Subject Code : 17022

Teaching and Examination Scheme

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 04 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25

Rationale:

For any engineering, computer software skills are mandatory. Computer has became

important part of any learning process. Therefore, it is necessary for any engineering student to

have basic idea about computer languages. ‘C’ is most widely used general purpose powerful,

efficient and compact language. This subject covers C as a basic logic development language.

MATLAB is said to be the language of engineers. It is widely used in mathematics, science

and engineering. The MATLAB is used in this subject to solve common mathematical problems

and to write simple program to plot simple graph.

General Objectives:

1. Describe concepts, variables and constants.

2. Write simple input/output program.

3. Write simple programs related to condition handling.

4. Write a program related to looping.

5. Understand concept of function.

6. MATLAB as a mathematical problem solving tool.

7. To draw 2 D plots using MATLAB.

Page 126: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17022 EE/EP3 31

Learning Structure: Applications Procedure Principle Facts

Use of computer software to find performance of the circuit by simulation method. Use C language for writing small programs and using MATLAB to

solve Matrices and to plot simple 2D graphs

For given conditions calculate the performance using computer software. Draw waveform using software.

Rules used for writing programs. Representation of circuit on computer to simulate the circuit conditions

Computer programs, Available Websites for searching the topics, Circuit parameters and performance using normal methods

Page 127: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17022 EE/EP3 32

Theory: Note: Theory to be completed in the allotted practical hours.

Topic and Contents Topic 1: Basics of C

History of C.

C character set, tokens, variable, constant, keywords, data types

Operators (Arithmetic, Relational, Logical).

Formatted input, output statement (printf, scanf).

Topic 2: Decision Making

Decision making using If-Else statement, switch case statement,.

Decision making using loop statements like while, do-while, for.

Topic 3: Arrays

Declaring one dimensional array, simple programs on arrays such as largest of

array, sorting array.

Topic 4: Functions

Necessity of functions, defining user defined functions, calling functions, call by

value, call by reference

Topic 5: MATLAB Environment

Command window, Command history, Workspace, Edit window, Help window

Elementary built in functions.

Topic 6 Matrices in MATLAB: Entering data in Matrices ,Matrix Subscripts /Indices, Some useful commands

related to Matrices such as det, rank, trace, inv, norm, transpose, zeros, ones, eye,

arithmetic operations on matrices ,arrays, Relational operators

Topic 7 Programming in MATLAB & Graphics MATLAB editor: Creating M Files Function subprograms 2 D PLOTS : printing labels, grid and axes box, entering text in a plot ,

axis control

Multiple plots :using plot , hold ,line commands

Specialized 2 D plots using Polar, area, bar, hist, pie, stem function Topic 8 Fundamentals of Simulink

Simulink Modelling : Collecting blocks to create a model , modifying block

parameters, labeling blocks, commonly used blocks

Page 128: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17022 EE/EP3 33

Note: 1. Related theory as mentioned above will be taught while performing the respective

practicals.

2. The term work will consist of print outs of programs developed by the students in the

laboratory.

(The teacher shall ensure that each student actually performs the practical before taking the

print outs.)

Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. To understand the output of a program. 2. To understand and use the conditions in a program. 3. To understand the idea of a loop 4. To read and initialize the array 5. To analyze the program

Motor Skills:

1. Ability to operate a keyboard and machine 2. Ability to edit and debug a program 3. Ability to compile and execute the program 4. Ability to write a programs using Library functions

List of Practical:

1. Write a program to display a number in decimal, octal and hexadecimal form by using different format specifies.

2A. Write a program to display largest of three integer numbers. 2B. Write a program to display remarks such as distinction, first class, second class, pass

class and fail according to the marks. 3. Write a program for arithmetic operations such as addition, subtraction, multiplication

and division of two numbers using switch case statement. 4. Write program to display reverse of a given number using for loop. 5A. Write a program to display multiplication table of a given number using do while loop.

5B. Write a program to display sum of first n numbers using while loop. 6. Write a program to accept one dimensional array and display the array in ascending

order. 7. Write a program to swap two numbers using call by value, call by reference. 8. Understand commands in MATLAB. (General, Directory, Workspace, Termination,

Help) 9. Use MATLAB to enter a data in matrix and practice the functions such as sum, mean,

length, max and min. 10. Understand special matrix functions such as zeros, eye, ones, det, inv and find in

MATLAB.

Page 129: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17022 EE/EP3 34

11. Write commands to create two matrices of 3 * 3 size and perform addition, subtraction, multiplication, right division, left division using MATLAB.

11. Write a program in MATLAB to plot a curve given by equation y = sin(x), y=cos(x), y=x2 (Use hold command)

13. Write a program in MATLAB to illustrate the use of subplot command. 14. Create a Simulink model to verify Ohm’s Law.

Learning Resources: 1. Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 Balgurusamy Programming in ANSI C Tata McGraw Hill

2 Harshal Arolkar Sonal Jain Simplyfying C DreamTech

3 Kashi Nath Dey Samir Bandopadhyay C programming Essentials Pearson

4 Bansal Goel Sharma MATLAB & its application in Engineering Pearson

5 Agam Kumar Tyagi MATLAB and Simulink Oxford

6 K K Sharrna MATLAB Demystified Vikas

7 Amos Gilat MATLAB an Introduction with application Willey India Edition

2. Websites: www.vikaspublishing.com/teachersmanual.aspx

Page 130: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17023 EE/EP3 35

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Third

Subject Title : Electrical Workshop

Subject Code : 17023

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 02 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25

NOTES: Related theory will be taught during practical period. Rationale:

A technician should also have the practical skills regarding wiring , in order to provide

him/her the various ways, techniques of fault finding while working on the shop floor. These skills

will be developed when he/she actually performs the work.

Skills to be developed:

Intellectual Skills:

Identify various electrical accessories, & appliances.

Draw & understand the wiring diagrams& specifications.

Prepare schedule of material.

Use methods of wiring.

Motor Skills:

Lay wires/cables for making connections

Fix the accessories at proper place

Test the circuit

Page 131: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17023 EE/EP3 36

Learning Structure:

Application Procedure

Concept Facts

Lighting Accessories, Light Fittings, Domestic Appliences

Holding Accessories, Plug – Socket, Fluorescent Tube, Vapour lamps, Contorl of Lamps

Circuit Wiring, fixing of Holders, sockets, switches. Supply

connection, Safety precautions

Domestic wiring, Domestic appliances: maintenance, repairs and operation, mounting of lamps, tubes and accessories

Page 132: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17023 EE/EP3 37

Contents: Practical: Sr No Title of Practical & Contents Hours

1

Study of different lighting accessory: Draw label diagram, Typical location function & applications, Specifications for any one accessory from given below categories of accessory. A] Controlling accessory [Switches] - Iron clad double pole, Double pole

with Indicator, Piano type switch [One way & two way control]. B] Holding accessory [Holder] - Batten, Pendant, Angle, Screw type. C] Outlet accessory [Plug-Socket] –Two pin, Three pin, Ceiling rose, Adapter. D] Safety Accessory – Fuses-ceramic, HRCtype, Circuit breaker - Miniature,

Earth leakage E] Indicators sign- LED lamp , Neon, coulored lamps[Red , Yellow, Blue] F] Meters- Ameter, Voltmeter, Wattmeter, Power Factor meter, Frequency Meter,

Multimeter, Megger

06

2

Study of Different Light Fittings: Draw label diagram, Typical location working function & applications, Specifications, List of spare parts of an accessory from list given below. A] Fluorescent Tube Light Fitting - i] Choke coil ballast type ii] Electronic ballast type iii] Compact fluorescent tube light fitting. B] Gas Filled Bulb Type Light Fitting - i] Sodium vapour light fitting ii] Metal halide light fitting. iii] LED type light fitting iv] Incandescent light fitting.

08

3

Study of Different Domestic Appliances: Draw label diagram, Typical location & applications, Specifications, List of spare parts Internal connection diagram for any two accessory from list given below. i] Mixer& food processor ii] Water heater-Instant & Storage type. iii] Washing machine iv] Soldering gun & Electric iron. v] Vacuum Cleaner.

08

4

Mini Project Draw labeled circuit diagram, List accessory used, Their specifications, &Wiring up of simple electrical circuit on test board with appropriate testing results under guidance of supervisor/Teacher. i] Circuit consists of Mains DP switch, one lamp, one socket, two switches. ii] Circuit consist of Mains DP switch, one call bell, one lamp control from two places, three switches [Two switches are two way controlled]. iii] Circuit consists of Mains DP switch, One power socket of five in one type.

10

Total 32 Resources: Books: Sr No. Title of ref. book Author Publication Edition

1 Electric wiring estimation & costing S. L. Uppal Khanna Publ.

New Delhi ---

2 Study of electrical appliances K. B. Bhatia Khanna Publ. New Delhi ---

Page 133: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17024 EE/EP3 38

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Third

Subject Title : Professional Practices-I

Subject Code : 17024

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 03 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50

Notes 1: The teachers are encouraged to develop a “Speakers Bank”, a list of various experts from Industry and Educational Institutes who can speak on different topics. Similarly they should also prepare a directory of various nearby industries from their branch of Engineering, for the student’s visits. Preferably, the students should visit the industries in a batch of not more than 20.Where possible, the polytechnics should encourage the students to visit nearby industries during winter or summer vacations, for a period of 1 to 2 weeks and prepare a detail report and this can be included in the report of “Industrial Visit” in Professional Practice, scheduled for the next semester. Rationale:

In the changing world scenario, the Diploma Engineers are expected to acquire various skills which include ability to communicate effectively, to present a topic, to share ideas, to prepare reports etc. and shape up their own personality. They are also expected to acquire technical information on various topics related to their branch of study, in addition to the various subjects included in their curriculum.

These acquired skills and enhanced confidence level are going to help them get a good job, based on personal interviews and aptitude tests.

Visits to various nearby industries, lectures on technical subjects by experts, seminars on variety of subjects, group discussion, browsing internet and collection of information, preparing reports are some of the activities suggested under Professional Practice. General Objectives: Student will be able to:

1. Acquire information from different sources. 2. Prepare notes for given topic. 3. Present given topic in a seminar. 4. Interact with peers to share thoughts. 5. Prepare a report on industrial visit, expert lecture.

Page 134: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17024 EE/EP3 39

Learning Structure: Application Procedure Principle Facts

Use learning to learn skills in presenting identified contents of curriculum. Use these skills in the world of work to perform the activities efficiently and report the same inappropriate way to superiors

Use reading techniques and information search engines

Prepare notes for presentation of content in soft and hard copy, training in industry (optional)

Principles of Effective and efficient Reading and information search

Principles of learning to learn, Body language, Voice modulation

Contents of identified topics Self Learner

Page 135: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17024 EE/EP3 40

Topic and Contents Hours

Topic 1: Specific Objectives: Make student aware about industrial atmosphere Understand the general working of an industry

Structured industrial visits be arranged and report of the same should be submitted by the individual student, to form a part of the term work. Following are the suggested type of Industries/ Fields – (Minimum three visits). Contents: 1.1 Industrial Visits:

i) Visit to 110/33/11kv sub- station (Compulsory) ii) Visit to transformer manufacturing industry.

iii) Visit to electronics industry. iv) Visit to hydro-electric/ thermal power plant (Compulsory) v) Visit to non conventional power generation station-wind /solar power.

vi) Visit to multi storied building for the study of electrical installations

14

Topics 2: Specific Objectives: Students will get feel of new technology introduced in industry Get introduced to recent development in technology

Contents: Lectures by Professional / Industrial Expert to be organized on any Two topics of the following suggested areas or any other suitable topics:

i) Role of Power Factor Improvement a tool in reducing cost of generation. ii) New trends to built pollution free environment.

iii) Software for drafting. iv) Special purpose wiring in chemical/hazardous industries. v) Non conventional energy sources with special focus on use of biomass, solid

vi) waste. vii) Automotive wiring & lightning.

viii) viii) Effect of transmission and distribution losses on cost of energy generation.

10

Topic 3: Information Search The students should collect information individually and write a report/prepare a note on the any one from below given topics as part of term work. Any other topic for information search may be selected by the faculty members. Some of the suggested topics are - a) Electrical wiring accessories b) Elevators installation and operation c) Street Light accessories and factures d) Alternative fuels and energy options. e) Collection of data for comparison of transformer companies.

06

Topic 4. Group Discussion : The students should discuss in group of four to six students and write a brief report on the any one from below given topics as part of term work. Any other topic for group discussions may be selected by the faculty members. Some of the suggested topics are - i) Electrically operated motor cars and scooters/motor bikes. ii) Load shading and remedial measures. iii) Safety in day to day life.

08

Page 136: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 14/01/2013 17024 EE/EP3 41

iv) Conventional and non-conventional energy sources v) Electrical energy conservation. vi) Pollution control (All types). Topic 5. Seminar: The students should select a topic for Seminar based on recent developments & emerging technologies in Electrical &electronics engineering field. Each student shall submit a report of at least 06 pages and deliver a seminar (Presentation time – 10 minutes).

10

Total 48

Page 137: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 1

MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES

COURSE NAME : ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING GROUP COURSE CODE : EE/EP DURATION OF COURSE : SIX SEMESTERS WITH EFFECT FROM 2012-13 SEMESTER : FOURTH DURATION : 16 WEEKS FULL TIME / PART TIME : FULL TIME SCHEME : G

SR. NO SUBJECT TITLE abbrevi

ation SUB

CODE

TEACHING SCHEME

EXAMINATION SCHEME SW

(17400) PAPER HRS.

TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) TH TU PR Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

1 Environmental Studies $ EST 17401 01 -- 02 01 50#* 20 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10

50

2 Elements of Mechanical Engineering EME 17413 02 -- 02 02 50 20 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10

3 Industrial Instrumentation IIN 17414 04 -- 02 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10 4 D.C. Machines & Transformers DMT 17415 04 -- 02 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10 5 Industry Electrical Systems-I IES 17416 03 01 02 03 100 40 -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10

6 Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Power TDE 17417 04 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- --

7 Professional Practices-II PPT 17038 -- -- 03 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20 Total 18 01 13 -- 500 -- 100 -- 25 -- 175 -- 50

** Industrial Training (Optional) Examination in 5th Semester Professional Practices-III Student Contact Hours Per Week: 32 Hrs. THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH. Total Marks : 850 @ - Internal Assessment, # External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $ - Common to all branches, #* Online Examination, Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Term Work, SW- Sessional Work ** Industrial Training (Optional) - Student can undergo Industrial Training of four weeks after fourth semester examination during summer vacation. Assessment will be done in Fifth semester under Professional Practices-III. They will be exempted from activities of Professional Practices-III of 5th Semester. Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional work

(SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms. Code number for TH, PR, OR, TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.

Page 138: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 EE,EP4 2

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology

Course Code : AE/CE/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX/FG/AU

Semester : Fourth

Subject Title : Environmental Studies

Subject Code : 17401

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

01 -- 02 01 50#* -- -- 25 75

#* Online Theory Examination NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale: Environment essentially comprises of our living ambience, which gives us the zest and

verve in all our activities. The turn of the twentieth century saw the gradual onset of its degradation by our callous deeds without any concern for the well being of our surrounding we are today facing a grave environmental crisis. The unceasing industrial growth and economic development of the last 300 years or so have resulted in huge ecological problems such as overexploitation of natural resources, degraded land, disappearing forests, endangered species, dangerous toxins, global warming etc.

It is therefore necessary to study environmental issues to realize how human activities affect the environment and what could be possible remedies or precautions which need to be taken to protect the environment.

The curriculum covers the aspects about environment such as Environment and Ecology, Environmental impacts on human activities, Water resources and water quality, Mineral resources and mining, Forests, etc. General Objectives: The student will be able to,

1. Understand importance of environment. 2. Know key issues about environment. 3. Understands the reasons for environment degradation. 4. Know aspects about improvement methods. 5. Know initiatives taken by the world bodies to restrict and reduce degradation.

Page 139: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 EE,EP4 3

Learning Structure: Applications Procedure Principles Concept Fact

Awareness amongst the society, about Environmental aspects, pollution control, conservation of resources and biodiversity. Concept of Carbon credit and its importance

Methods to find component of force and resultant of forces

Natural resources such as Forest, Water, Food, Energy

Sources, effects, prevention

Threats, Conservation

Principle of Ecosystem,

Conservation of Natural Resources, Classification

Classification of pollution

Conservation of biodiversity

Environment, Ecosystem

Natural Resources

Pollution, Pollution Control

Biodiversity

Natural Resources, Biodiversity, Environmental Pollution, Carbon

Credit, Ecosystem

Page 140: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 EE,EP4 4

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours Marks Topic 1: Nature of Environmental Studies Specific Objectives: Define the terms related to Environmental Studies State importance of awareness about environment in general public

Contents: Definition, Scope and Importance of the environmental studies Importance of the studies irrespective of course Need for creating public awareness about environmental issues

01 04

Topic 2: Natural Resources and Associated Problems Specific Objectives: Define natural resources and identify problems associated with

them Identify uses and their overexploitation Identify alternate resources and their importance for environment

Contents: 2.1 Renewable and Non renewable resources

Definition Associated problems

2.2 Forest Resources General description of forest resources Functions and benefits of forest resources Effects on environment due to deforestation, Timber extraction,

Building of dams, waterways etc. 2.3 Water Resources

Hydrosphere: Different sources of water Use and overexploitation of surface and ground water Effect of floods, draught, dams etc. on water resources and

community 2.4 Mineral Resources:

Categories of mineral resources Basics of mining activities Mine safety Effect of mining on environment

2.5 Food Resources:

Food for all Effects of modern agriculture World food problem

04 10

Topic 3. Ecosystems Concept of Ecosystem Structure and functions of ecosystem Energy flow in ecosystem Major ecosystems in the world

01 04

Topic 4. Biodiversity and Its Conservation Definition of Biodiversity Levels of biodiversity Value of biodiversity

02 06

Page 141: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 EE,EP4 5

Threats to biodiversity Conservation of biodiversity

Topic 5. Environmental Pollution Definition Air pollution: Definition, Classification, sources, effects,

prevention Water Pollution: Definition, Classification, sources, effects,

prevention Soil Pollution: Definition, sources, effects, prevention Noise Pollution: Definition, sources, effects, prevention

03 08

Topic 6. Social Issues and Environment Concept of development, sustainable development Water conservation, Watershed management, Rain water

harvesting: Definition, Methods and Benefits Climate Change, Global warming, Acid rain, Ozone Layer

Depletion, Nuclear Accidents and Holocaust: Basic concepts and their effect on climate

Concept of Carbon Credits and its advantages

03 10

Topic 7. Environmental Protection Brief description of the following acts and their provisions:

Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act Wildlife Protection Act Forest Conservation Act

Population Growth: Aspects, importance and effect on environment

Human Health and Human Rights

02 08

Total 16 50 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Collection of information, data 2. Analysis of data 3. Report writing

Motor Skills:

1. Presentation Skills 2. Use of multi media

List of Projects: Note: Any one project of the following:

1. Visit to a local area to document environmental assets such as river / forest / grassland / hill / mountain

2. Visit to a local polluted site: Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural 3. Study of common plants, insects, birds 4. Study of simple ecosystems of ponds, river, hill slopes etc

Page 142: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17401 EE,EP4 6

Prepare a project report on the findings of the visit illustrating environment related facts, analysis and conclusion. Also suggest remedies to improve environment. Learning Resources: Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

01 Anindita Basak Environmental Studies Pearson Education

02 R. Rajgopalan Environmental Studies from Crises to Cure Oxford University Press

03 Dr. R. J. Ranjit Daniels, Dr. Jagdish Krishnaswamy Environmental Studies Wiley India

Page 143: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17413 EE,EP4 7

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Fourth

Subject Title : Elements of Mechanical Engineering

Subject Code : 17413

Teaching and Examination Scheme

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

02 -- 02 02 50 -- -- 25@ 75

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work. (SW)

Rationale:

Electrical engineering is the basic engineering branch. Electric power supply is needed for running of mechanical and the chemical process equipment for which different electric motors are used, so in mech industry, the electrical engineer has to take care of various electrical installations with its maintenance. The electrical engineer has to look after various aspects related to electrical engineering in respect of mechanical equipment. (Boilers, Steam turbine, steam engines) There are the equipments that are used for generation of electrical power. The content on boiler, steam turbine, and stem engine will enable the electrical engineer to adopt appropriate electrical engineering support for the efficient use of these equipments. Topics on air compressors and pumps, turbine also provide necessary guide line in respect of electrical engineer. For trouble free working of these equipment with saving ion energy consumption. General Objectives: Students should be able to

1. Know the function of different mechanical equipment along with their location. 2. Understand working of high pressure boilers and steam turbine and thermal power plant. 3. Know the operation and control of fuel and steam supply. 4. Enlist sources of waste heat from boiler, IC engine. 5. Describe internal combustion engine.

Page 144: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17413 EE,EP4 8

Learning Structure: Applications Procedure Principles Concepts Facts

Understand, analyze and apply various aspects of mechanical engineering in practice. Application area in relation with construction and working of

IC engine, steam turbine, air compressor and pumps. Knowledge of maintenance.

Construction, Faults finding and remedial measures and analysis of IC engine,

working of turbine, boiler and pumps

Engine testing, Power generation and power

consumption.

Laws for impulsive force . Laws of thermodynamics, Principle of centrifugal

action, Conversion of heat energy into mechanical into electric.

Process, Power generation, pressure rise, Temperature rise.

Steam power plant, I.C. engine, Air compressor, Pumps, Hydro power plant, Wind Turbine

Efficiency of engine, Newtons laws, Vertex

flow, Steam Table

Power generation, Heat energy loss, power

consumption.

Page 145: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17413 EE,EP4 9

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1: Boilers, Steam turbines, Steam engine Specific Objectives: Calculate the properties of two phase system by using steam table Explain construction & working of boilers Identify the heat losses & malfunctioning of boilers

Contents: 1.1 Construction and working of critical and super critical boilers. 1.2 Boiler efficiency 1.3 Boiler Act (for remedial measure). 1.4 Classification of turbines. 1.5 Impulse and reaction turbine. 1.6 Power developed by turbine. 1.7 Different power losses in turbine.

10 16

Topics 2: I.C. Engines Specific Objectives: Calculate performance of engine Identify the malfunctioning Causes

Contents: 2.1 Classification of I.C. engines. 2.2 Testing and performance of I. C. engines. Break power Indicated power Frictional power

2.3 Fault finding and remedial action. 2.4 Starting motor of I.C. engine.

06 10

Topic 3: Air Compressor Specific Objectives: Know the working principles of air compressor Identify Methods of energy saving Identify the fault & suggest remedies

Contents: 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Definition : Compression ratio, Compressor capacity, Free air Deliver, swept volume. 3.3 Reciprocating and rotory air compressor, their working and Construction. 3.4 Methods of energy saving in compressor. 3.5 Fault finding and remedial action.

08 12

Topic 4: Pumps Specific Objectives: Selection of pumps for various applications Know the construction & working of pumps Identify the trouble shooting of IC engines

Contents: 4.1 Classification of pumps. 4.2 Type of pumps and their working. 4.3 Power required to run the pump. 4.4 Fault finding and remedial action.

08 12

Total 32 50

Page 146: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17413 EE,EP4 10

Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Understand vapour process of steam boilers & different mountings & accesories

2. Analyze the performance of pumps& turbines

Motor Skills:

1. Use pressure & temp measuring device

2. Operate I C Engine & know the working of dynometers

List of Practicals:

(1)Write a report on visit to Sugar factory/steam power plant consisting of

(a)Working of boiler (b) Working of turbine (c) Foundation of boiler.

(2) Write a report on visit to Sugar factory/steam power plant to observe

(a) Operation of condenser (b) Operation of cooling tower.

(3) To determine brake power of single cylinder diesel engine by conducting trial on it.

(4) To determine overall efficiency of a centrifugal pump by conducting a trial test on it and

observe foundation of pump.

(5) Observe the operation of air compressor for identification of sources of air leakage.

(6) Observe the operation of reciprocating pump and identify types of faults and suggest

remedial measures.

Learning Resources: 1. Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 Domkundwar V. M A Course In Thermal Engg. Dhanpat Rai & Co.

2 R. K. Bansal Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machine Laxmi Publication

3 T. S. Rajan Basic Mechanical Engg. New Age International

4 Dr. Kripal Singh Automobile Engineering Standard Publishers Distributers

5 R. S. Khurmi A Text Book Of Thermal Engineering S Chand & Co. Ltd

6 C. M. Agrwal Atext Book Of Thermal Engg Wiley Precise Text Book

Page 147: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Updated On 15/01/20143 17414 EE,EP4 11

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE/EP

Semester : Fourth

Subject Title : Industrial Instrumentation

Subject Code : 17414

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

04 -- 02 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

A diploma engineer is required to work in various capacities such as development,

innovation & maintenance engineer, in today’s highly automated industrial environment. Therefore

the basic knowledge of industrial instrumentation and control is a necessary prerequisite.

He should be conversant with the basic principles of transduction of physical variables into

electrical signals, signal conditioning circuits, basic data acquisitions systems.

General Objectives:

1. Identify different components of instrumentation system.

2. Understand different qualitative parameters of instruments.

3. Identify appropriate transducers for different physical variables.

4. Understand different signal conditioning circuits.

5. Understand different Data Acquisition System types and their use.

6. Design of complete system for measurement of process variables.

Page 148: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Updated On 15/01/20143 17414 EE,EP4 12

Learning Structure:

Application Procedure principle concepts Facts

A-to-D and D-to-A

conversion

Concept of signal

conditioning

First order, second order instrument

responses.

Concept of calibration

Static and dynamic characteristics of measurements

Transducers for different physical variables

Construction and working principles of different transducers.

Working of different signal conditioning

circuits.

Data Acquisition Systems, principle of

ratiometric conversion.

Various factors to be considered while selecting transducer, signal conditioning circuits, data acquisition systems in the design of

instrumentation system.

Design of instrumentation system for typical process variables.

Page 149: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Updated On 15/01/20143 17414 EE,EP4 13

Theory:

Topic and Detailed Content Hours Marks Topic 1: Introduction to Instrumentation System Specific Objectives: State basic block diagram of instrumentation system. Identify static and dynamic characteristics of instruments

Contents: 1.1 Basic instrumentation system

Basic block diagram of generalized Instrumentation system Need of each block.

1.2 Static characteristics of instruments Accuracy and measurement uncertainty Precision, repeatability and reproducibility Tolerance Range and span Linearity Sensitivity, resolution Zero drift ,sensitivity drift Hysteresis effect Dead zone

1.3 Dynamic characteristics of instruments Characteristic equation of an instrument in general form Zero order, first order and second order representation of instruments Response of first, second order instruments to step, ramp and sinusoidal

inputs Dynamic error, settling time

1.4 Calibration Principles of calibration Calibration chain and traceability

08 16

Topics 2: Transducers Specific Objectives: Classify the transducers on the basis their application Select appropriate transducer as per application

Contents: 2.1: Transducers

Transducers: Definition, classification of electrical transducers. 2.2: Measurement of strain

Definition of stress and strain Operation of resistance strain gauge Construction of bonded metal foil strain gauge Strain gauge circuits: Wheatstone bridge full bridge configuration,

temperature compensation 2.3 Measurement of Force and Torque

Force measurement using load cell Types of load cells: column type and beam type

2.4 Measurement of torque using torque cell 2.5 Temperature Measurement

Thermistor-working principle, characteristics, sources of error

20 32

Page 150: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Updated On 15/01/20143 17414 EE,EP4 14

Thermocouple- Seebeck effect, Cold Junction compensation (CJC), CJC by electronic means, thermocouple types and their ranges.

Resistance thermometer (RTD): working principle, characteristics ranges of common RTD elements, self heating effect, advantages of platinum resistance thermometer, three wire and four wire configurations.

2.6 Displacement measurement Linear variable differential transformer (LVDT)- working principle,

characteristics, null voltage phase sensitive demodulation. Rotary motion measurement using optical rotary encoder

2.7 Pressure measurement Definition of pressure and its units Absolute, differential and gauge pressure Absolute pressure measurement using bourdon tube gauge Diaphragm type pressure transducer using four element strain gauge

rosettes. 2.8 Flow measurement

Difference between mass flow rate and volumetric flow rate Volumetric flow rate measurement using electromagnetic flow meter,

turbine type flow meter and hot wire anemometer 2.9 Measurement of magnetic field

Hall effect and hall effect transducer Measurement of ac current by hall effect transducer

2.10 Level measurement Float type, capacitive and ultrasonic level measurement.

2.11 Rotational velocity Optical sensing, inductive and magnetic type pulse pickups Analog tachometers (DC and AC)

3. Signal Conditioning Circuits Specific Objectives: Draw basic block diagram of OP-AMP Identify different applications of OP-AMP in signal conditioning

circuits. Contents: 3.1. Operational Amplifier and its characteristic parameters

Block diagram and features of OPAMP (all stages) Circuit Symbols and Terminals. OPAMP IC’s: 741 pin diagram and pin function.

Ideal op-amp: electrical characteristics. Ideal voltage transfer curve. Definitions of parameters of op-amp: Input offset voltage, Input offset

current, Input bias current, Differential input resistance, Input capacitance, CMMR, SVRR, large signal voltage gain, output voltage swing, output resistance, slew rate, gain bandwidth product, output short circuit current.

3.2 OP-AMP basic circuits Open loop and closed loop configuration of op-amp, its comparison.

Virtual ground concept Open loop configuration Close loop configuration: Inverting, non- inverting, differential

amplifier, unity gain amplifier (voltage follower),inverter(sign changer), Adders, Subtractor, Integrator, Differentiator

Instrumentation amplifier (using one two and three op-amps)

12 16

Page 151: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Updated On 15/01/20143 17414 EE,EP4 15

Voltage to current converter (with floating load, with grounded load), Current to voltage converter.

Sample and hold circuit (IC LF 398 , Pin diagram, specification and pin functions)

Concept of comparator: zero crossing detector, Schmitt trigger, window detector,

Phase detector, active peak detector, peak to peak detector Classification of filters, Concept of passive & active filters Survey of commercially available op-amps (Any Three)

Topic 4. Data Acquisition System Specific Objectives: Draw generalized block diagram of data acquisition system (DAS) State different types of DAS State various techniques of input signal conditioning in DAS State working principle of analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog

conversion. Contents: 4.1 Generalized Data acquisition system

Generalized Data acquisition system: Block diagram. & explanation. Signal conditioning in DAS, Ratio metric conversion, Logarithmic

conversion DAS Types-Single channel, multi-channel DAS only block diagram.

4.2 Analog-to-digital and digital-to-analog conversion Study of different techniques of Analog to Digital convertors ADC and

Digital to Analog converters DAC only working principle.

08 12

Topic 5. Operation of Instrumentation System Specific Objectives State different factors to be considered in transducer selection Draw block diagrams and circuit diagrams for instrumentation system

for different physical variables.

Contents: 5.1 Transducer selection

Points to be considered while selecting a transducer for its intended applications.

5.2 Working of Instrumentation system for Temperature Measurement by RTD, thermistor, Thermocouple. Force measurement using load cell. Pressure measurement using diaphragm type transuder. Speed measurement by non-contact type transducer Displacement measurement by LVDT. Rotary motion using optical encoder. Flow measurement by turbine flow meter. Liquid level measurement by resistive sensor. AC current RMS indication using Hall Effect transducer.

16 24

Total 64 100

Page 152: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Updated On 15/01/20143 17414 EE,EP4 16

Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1) Selection of transducer for given physical variable. 2) Analysis of the transducer characteristics. 3) Selection of signal conditioning circuit.

Motor Skills: Testing and calibration of the given instrument.

List of Practicals:

1. Measure output voltage and Displacement in LVDT and draw a graph to verify the characteristics of Output Voltages Vs Displacement

2. Measure output Voltage and Force in Strain Guage nd draw graph to verify the characteristics of Force Vs Output Volatage

3. Verify the relation between the output voltage and temperature by using a RTD (PT 100) thermistor and Thermocouple

4. Use a Level measuring transducer to measure level and output voltage & verify the characteristics of the transducer.

5. Plot the graph and verify the characteristics of LDR/Photo diode and photo transistor 6. Pressure measurement using diaphragm type Pressure gauge 7. Verify the function of OPAMP as inverting/non inverting amplifier, adder, subtractor. 8. Verify the function of OPAMP as comparator, Schmitt trigger 9. Plot characteristics of primary and secondary current for a current transformer. 10. Measure angular velocity using optical tachometer.

Learning Resources: 1. Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 Alok Barua Fundamentals of Industrial Instrumentation Wiley India

2 H.S.Kalsi Tata Electronic Instrumentation McGraw Hill

3 William Dunn Fundamentals of Industrial Instrumentation and process control McGraw-Hill

4 A.K.Sawhney Electrical and Electronics Measurement and Instrumentation (19th Edition) Dhanpat Rai & co

5 Cooper Helfrick Modern electronic instrumentation and measurement techniques Prentice Hall

6 Ramakant Gaikwad

Op-AMPs and linear integrated circuits ( 4th Edition)

Prentice –Hall India

2. IS, BIS and International Codes:

ISO/IEC 17025 General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories.

3. Websites:

1. Free video lectures by Prof. Alok Barua, IIT Kharagpur 2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2347/Industrial-Instrumentation

Page 153: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17415 EE,EP4 17

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE /EP

Semester : Fourth

Subject Title : D. C. Machine and Transformer

Subject Code : 17415

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

04 -- 02 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

This subject is intended to teach the student facts, concepts, principles and procedures for the operations, testing and maintenance of electric machines such as dc motors, generators and transformers. Students will also be able to analyze characteristics of electric machines and transformers. These machines are used in power system for generation, transmission & distribution, utilization systems and also in traction systems. Knowledge gained by the students will be used in the study of technological subjects such as power system operation & control, utilization system, switchgear & protection, testing and maintenance of electrical equipment and modern electric traction. The students will be able to know the use of transformer in measurement, use of CT‘s and PT’s in control circuits, fault locations etc. The knowledge and skill gained by the student will be used while working as technicians in discharging technical functions such as electrical supervisor, testing engineer and procurement engineer. General Objectives: Students will be able to-

1. Understand the laws governing the operation of electrical machines. 2. Understand the working principles of different DC machines and transformer. 3. Know the constructional details of the DC machines and transformer. 4. Know the areas of application of the various dc machines and different types of

transformers.

Page 154: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17415 EE,EP4 18

Learning Structure: Applications

Applications in power system for generation, transmission & distribution, utilization systems and

also in traction systems. Procedures

Performance and characteristics of

DC motors

Performance of transformer &

different tests on it Construction and

operation of DC motors

Construction and operation

Single

phase Three

phase Special

Types of DC motors Classification of transformers Principles

Working Principle and construction of DC

machines

Working Principle and construction of Transformer

Concepts Dynamically induced

emf. Statically and Mutually

induced emf Facts

Various parameters in an electric circuit such as R, L, C and power factor. Faradays laws of electromagnetic induction. Lenz’s law, cork screw rule, thumb rule, Flemings right and left hand rule.

Page 155: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17415 EE,EP4 19

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours Marks Topic 1: DC Generators Specific Objectives: Identify the different parts of DC Machines. Identify different types of DC generators from connection diagram.

Contents: 1.1 Introduction

Principle of operation of DC generator Fleming’s right hand rule

1.2 Construction of DC machine Parts and functions Different materials used for different parts.

1.3 E.m.f. equation of generator (derivation) Numericals on e.m.f. equation

1.4 Types of DC generators Connection diagrams of different types of DC generators Applications of DC generators

06 08

Topics 2: DC Motors Specific Objectives: Plot different characteristics of DC motors. Control the speed of DC motors. Determine the efficiency of DC motor. Select DC motor for particular industrial applications.

Contents: 2.1 Introduction

Principle of operation of DC motor Fleming’s left hand rule Back e.m.f. and its significance Voltage equation and power equation of DC motor Types of DC motors

2.2 DC Motor Torque and Speed Armature torque (derivation) Shaft torque Brake horse power Numericals on torque and speed.

2.3 Efficiency of DC Motor Losses in DC motor Power stages Efficiency of DC motor Condition for maximum efficiency Numericals on efficiency.

2.4 DC motor characteristics Torque verses armature current Speed verses armature current Speed verses torque Selection of motors for particular applications.

2.5 Speed control of DC series motor Flux control method

12 18

Page 156: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17415 EE,EP4 20

Armature resistance control method (No numerical) 2.6 DC motor starters

Necessity of DC motor starters 2.7 Brushless DC Motor

Introduction Working Applications

Topic 3: Single Phase Transformer. Specific Objectives: Draw phasor diagram of transformer for different load conditions. Perform various tests on transformers Evaluate parameters of transformer under different loading conditions. Determine regulation and efficiency of single-phase transformer.

Contents: 3.1 Introduction

Principle of operation Faradays law of electromagnetic induction.

3.2 Construction of single phase transformer. Magnetic circuit Electric circuit Dielectric circuit

3.3 Types of transformers Shell type and core type- their comparison Step up and step down transformer Amorphous Core type Distribution Transformer

3.4 EMF equation of transformer Derivation Voltage transformation ratio Numericals on above.

3.5 Ideal transformer Characteristics of ideal transformer. Phasor diagram

3.6 Practical Transformer Transformer on no load-phasor diagram Leakage reactance Transformer on load- phasor diagram Numericals on above.

3.7 Equivalent circuit of transformer Equivalent resistance and reactance Numericals on above.

3.8 Voltage regulation and Efficiency of transformer Why transformer rating is in KVA? Voltage regulation of transformer Losses in transformer Efficiency of transformer Condition for maximum efficiency All day efficiency Numericals on above.

3.9 Tests on Single phase Transformer Polarity test

26 42

Page 157: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17415 EE,EP4 21

Direct loading test Open circuit test Short circuit test Voltage regulation and efficiency based on OC & SC tests. Numericals on above.

3.10 Parallel operation of transformer Advantages of parallel operation of transformer. Conditions for parallel operation of transformer. Load sharing with equal turn ratio Concept of load sharing with unequal turn ratio Numericals on above.

Topic 4: Three Phase Transformer. Specific Objectives: To identify different parts of three-phase transformer. To identify polarity and phases of three-phase transformer. To select three-phase transformer for particular applications.

Contents: 4.1 Introduction

Bank of three single phase transformer Single unit of three phase transformer Construction, different parts and their functions Types of transformer cooling Three phase transformers connections as per IS:2026 (part IV)-

1977 Three phase to two phase conversion (Scott Connection) Comparison between Distribution transformer and Power

transformer 4.2 Selection of transformer as per IS: 10028 (Part I)-1985

Criteria for selection of distribution transformer Criteria for selection of power transformer

4.3 Parallel operation of three phase transformer Conditions for parallel operation

4.4 Specification of three-phase distribution transformer as per IS:1180 (part

I)-1989 4.5 Tests on Three-phase Transformer

Polarity test Phasing out test

4.6 Three- phase auto transformer Construction Operation Application

12 16

Topic 5: Special Transformers. Specific Objectives: To use various special transformers for particular applications..

Contents: 5.1 Single phase auto transformer

Construction and working Comparison with two winding transformer Advantages and disadvantages of auto transformer

08 16

Page 158: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17415 EE,EP4 22

Applications of auto transformer 5.2 Instrument Transformers

Current transformer- construction, working and applications Potential transformer- construction, working and applications

5.3 Isolation transformer Features and applications

5.4 Single phase welding transformer Features and applications.

Total 64 100 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. To understand the concepts of DC machines and transformers. 2. To identify different parts and windings of DC machines and transformers. 3. Ability to test, plot and verify the characteristics. 4. Ability to interpret the test results.

Motor Skills:

1. To draw the circuit diagram. 2. To measure different parameters using different meters. 3. To connect different meters according to circuit diagram. 4. To follow sequence of operations. 5. To measure the values and note down the readings. 6. To operate DC machines and transformers.

List of Practicals:

1. Observe and identify different constructional parts of D. C machine and identify different windings by resistance measurement.

2. Start a D. C shunt motor and reverse its direction of rotation. 3. Control the speed of D.C series motor by flux control and armature resistance control. 4. Perform load test on D. C series motor and plot its performance characteristics. 5. Perform brake test on D. C shunt motor and plot speed – Torque characteristics. 6. Determine transformation ratio, regulation and efficiency of single phase transformer by

direct loading. 7. Perform open circuit and short circuit test on single phase transformer and determine

equivalent circuit constants, regulation and efficiency. 8. Perform parallel operation of single phase transformer and determine the load sharing. 9. Visit a transformer manufacturing unit /repairing workshop and observe the

constructional details of a three phase distribution transformer and identify various parts.

10. Perform polarity test and phasing out test on a three phase transformer. Learning Resources: 1. Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1. V. N. Mittle & Arvind Mittal Basic Electrical Engineering Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.

Ltd. New Delhi 2. D. P. Kothari & Electrical Machines Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt.

Page 159: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17415 EE,EP4 23

I. J.Nagrath Ltd. New Delhi

3. S. K. Bhattacharya Electrical Machines Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi

4. V. K. Mehta & Rohit Mehta,

Principles of Electrical Machines S.Chand and Co.Ltd., New Delhi

5. K. Murungesh Kumar DC Machines and Transformers Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.

6. Tarnekar & Kharabanda.

Laboratory Course in Electrical Engineering S.Chand and Co.Ltd., New Delhi

7 B. L. Theraja Electrical Technology S.Chand and Co.Ltd., New Delhi

8 Edward Hughes Electrical and Electronics Technology ELBS Publication.

9 M. N. Bandyopadhyay Electrical Machines theory and practice

PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi

2. CDs, PPTs, Models, Charts etc.:

Videos-

1. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=RAc1RYilugI 2. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ue6S8L4On-Y&feature=related 3. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d_aTC0iKO68&feature=related 4. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xi7o8cMPI0E&feature=related 5. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VucsoEhB0NA&feature=related 6. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A951LRFRL_M&feature=related

3. IS, BIS and International Codes:

IS: 2026 (Part IV)-1977 Indian standard specification for power transformers PART IV Terminal markings, tappings and connections

IS: 10028 (Part I )-1981 Indian standard code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance of transformers, PART I selection

IS: 1180 (Part I)-1977 Indian standard specification for power transformer 4. Websites:

www.standardsbis.in/ www.bis.org.in/ www.youtube.com/watch www.google.co.in

Page 160: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17416 EE,EP4 24

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE/EP

Semester : Fourth

Subject Title : Industrial Electrical Systems - I

Subject Code : 17416

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 01 02 03 100 -- 25# 25@ 150

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

A diploma engineer is required to work as supervisor & knowledge worker in different

organizations and is responsible to provide electrification. Maintain supply prepare design,

estimates, read drawing, IE rules, data tables, specification, for all types electrical installation,

Provision & maintaining earthing & all protective devices like MCCB,ELCB etc. Also

Knowledge of maintenance, LT Lines, transformers, types of cables & wires are essential. Hence

this core subject has been included at fourth semester in this curriculum.

General Objectives:

The Students will be able to: -

1. Read & interprets Electrical Installation drawings.

2. Understand & apply IE rules.

3. Make use of data tables & specification of wire, cables, LT lines & Distribution

Transformer, MCCB, ELCB.

4. Understand principles & procedures of earthing.

5. Know basic terms to prepare design & estimate of installation.

6. Understand & apply procedures for contracts & tenders.

Page 161: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17416 EE,EP4 25

Learning Structure: Application:

Procedure:

Principles

Concepts

Facts

Electrical Engineering Drawing, IE rules applicable to Residential, Commercial & Industrial Installation, General rules & Guidelines for Residential, Commercial & Industrial Installation, Data tables of conductor, Material and Accessories, Various plans & diagrams related to electrical Installation

Estimating & costing of Residential, Commercial & Industrial Electrical Installation and prepare tendering documents, Testing of Electrical Installation and Evaluation & billing of executed work

To prepare the schedule of Material

Costing of Material, Labour, Overhead, contingencies

Testing of Electrical Installation as per IS

Residential, commercial and Industrial wiring, Lighting and power circuit, wires, cables, overhead and underground wiring, earthing

Tender & Tendering documents

Execution of work as per plan

Selection of Rating and Size of conductor & Conduit, main switch, Distribution board, Bus bar etc., Selection & Rating of protective devices & ear thing of Installation, Selection & Rating of Accessories required for Installation

Position of equipment in Installation, Deciding the path of wiring cable and conduit & ear thing

Design consideration of Electrical Installation, Principles of circuit design for each type of Installation, Principles of execution of work

Circuit design and wiring design procedure for each type of Installation

Page 162: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17416 EE,EP4 26

Theory:

Topics and Contents Hours Marks1. Drawings and IE rules Specific Objectives Understand different types of electrical Installation Know and read Electrical drawings & symbols Know IE rules

----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Classification of electrical installations General requirements of electrical installation Reading & interpretation of electrical engineering drawings & symbols

related to installations Representation of different types of diagrams, such as schematic, circuit,

wiring diagram and its single line representation as per IS code. IE rules related to electrical installation

04 10

2. Service connections Specific Objectives Select appropriate method for service connection Differentiate between various service connections Concept of service connection Types of service connections and their features Methods of installation of service connection Differentiate between underground and overhead service connection Service connection for 11 KV H. T. Consumer

04 10

3. Electrification of residential Installation Specific Objectives

Select wires and wiring methods as per the requirement Prepare comparison chart of various wiring accessories Use given guidelines for residential installation Calculate total electrical load

Types of wires and wiring methods as per IS No. General rules and guidelines for installation of residential electrification

and positioning of equipments Calculation of total electrical load in the residential installation Procedure for the design of number of sub circuits Method of drawing single line diagram Selection of type of wire and wiring method Load calculation and selection of size of wire by considering overload and

future expansion Determine length of batten and length of wire Selection of rating for main switch, distribution board ,MCB,ELCB, and

wiring accessories Purpose of earthing and types of earthing Determine length and size of earth wire Prepare list of material for residential installation with their costing Total estimation and costing of overall residential installation with proper

cost of material , labour charges , contingencies charges Determine per point charges Wiring diagram for residential installation: Single Line and multiline

12 24

Page 163: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17416 EE,EP4 27

representation. 4. Electrification of Commercial Installation Specific Objectives

Difference between residential and commercial installation Prepare comparative chart for different ratings, size & other technical

specifications from manufactures/ dealers. Use given guideline for commercial installation Collect various specifications of wiring material

Concept of commercial installation Difference between residential and commercial installation Difference between wires and cables Types of cables required for commercial installations according to size and

core General requirements and selection factors for commercial installation Load calculation and selection of size of service connection and nature of

supply Decide number of lighting and power sub circuits as per the IE rule Decide size of wire/cable required for every sub circuit Decide length of wire required for every sub circuit Draw the single line diagram Decide ratings of wiring accessories, main switch, bus bar MCB, ELCB

etc. Decide proper method of earthing for commercial installation Prepare list of material for commercial installation with their costing Draw the single line diagram Find out the estimation chart with proper cost of material , cost of labour,

contingencies charges and profit margin Draw the circuit diagram

12 20

5. Electrification of Industrial Installation Specific Objectives

Based on criteria for selection decide if the installation is industrial installation

State difference between power wiring and actual industrial wiring Guideline for industrial installation Calculate detail estimate and costing of industrial installation

Concept of industrial load Concept of motor wiring circuit and single line diagram Guidelines about power wiring and motor wiring Design considerations of electrical installation in small

industry/factory/workshop Machine current calculations selection of size for wires , cables required for the machines and its

controlling unit Decide length and size of cable required for the every industrial load Decide ratings of wiring accessories, main switch, bus bar MCB, ELCB

etc. for every industrial load. Decide proper method of earthing for industrial installation Prepare list of material for industrial installation with their costing Find out the estimation chart with proper cost of material , cost of labour,

12 24

Page 164: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17416 EE,EP4 28

contingencies charges and profit margin Draw the circuit diagram

6. Contracts, Tenders and Execution Specific Objectives

Draft tender documents Fill tender documents following appropriate procedure and be present

and act as per the requirements and rules while opening of the tender. Prepare billing

Concept of contract and tenders Types of contracts and contractors Types of tenders Requirements of valid contract and good contractor Tender notice Procedure for submission and opening of tenders Comparative statements for selection of contractors Principles of execution of work Billing of executed works.

04 12

Total 48 100 Tutorials:

1. Electrical installation scheme for small bungalow or house. Draw wiring diagram and prepare detailed estimation and costing.

2. Electrical installation scheme for commercial building/ floor mill. Draw wiring diagram and prepare detailed estimation and costing.

3. Electrical installation scheme for small industry/factory/workshop/agriculture pump . Draw single line diagram and prepare detailed estimation and costing. Draw the circuit diagram

Assignments: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Identify and apply different designing methods as per the requirements

2. Select proper ratings

3. Ability to analyse and select appropriate methods for estimation and costing

Motor Skills:

1. Drawing skill.

2. Measuring dimensions

List of Assignments: Problems & sheets on following topics.

1) Electrical estimation & design of residential consumers (for flats/Bungalows/Row houses)

2) Electrical estimation & design of Commercial consumers (for Malls/Colleges/Hospitals, Banks)

Page 165: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17416 EE,EP4 29

3) Electrical estimation & design of Agricultural consumers (Pump jets/submersible pump)

4) Electrical estimation & design of small & medium Industrial consumers.

5) Electrical Installation & layout preparation of your college campus.

6) Preparation of a NIT (Notice Inviting Tender)

Note: Estimations be made for loads up to 100 KVA Learning Resources:

1. Books:

Sr. No. Name of the Author Title of the book Name of the Publisher

1 J.B.Gupta Electrical Installation Estimating & costing

S.K.Kataria & sons New Delhi

2 Raina Bhattachraya Estimating dsign & costing New Age

3 Allasappan & Ekambarm Estimating design & costing Tata McGraw hill

4 S L Uppal Estimating & costing Khanna Publiser

5 Surjit Singh Electrical Estimating & costing Dhanpat Rai & co.

2. ISO, IS, BS standards, Data Sheets, IE Rules Handbook

IS/International code: IS5909, 7733, 2174, 732, 4648

3. Charts, Models, CDs, Transparencies,

4. Websites: http://www.bestestimatepro.com/ bieap.gov.in/estimatingandcosting.pdf http://indiacatalog.com/web_directory/electrical/electrical.html

Page 166: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17417 EE,EP4 30

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Fourth

Subject Title : Transmission & Distribution of Electrical Power

Subject Code : 17417

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

04 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

Electrical Diploma Engineers should know Transmission Voltages, Distribution Voltage.

They should be able to identify various components & there functions. They will be able to

measure system performance. They will use this knowledge in studying Switchgear & Protection

on completing the study of Generation, Transmission, Distribution, Switchgear, Protection &

utilization of electrical energy, Students will be work as electrical engineer in power industry.

General Objectives: Student will be able to: -

1. Know various types of Transmission & distribution system.

2. Identify various components & know their functions.

3. Know types of conductors used in transmission and distribution circuits

4. Know the effect of changes in parameters on performance of the lines

5. Draw substation layout as per the requirements.

Page 167: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17417 EE,EP4 31

Learning Structure: Applications

Procedure Principles Concepts

Facts

Student will use this knowledge to study switchgear & protection. On completion of

the course student will be able to work as supervisor / Technician in power Industry,

manufacturing Industry & Public utility.

Performance of transmission

line

Performance of distribution line Voltage

drop calculation

Short transmission

line

Medium transmission

line

Long transmission

line

Single Phase

Distribution line

Three Phase

Distribution line

Types of transmission line Criteria for classifying

transmission line

Types of AC Distribution system Criteria for Classification of A.C.

Distribution System

Concept of Distributed R, L &C for transmission line

Concentrated & distributed load, voltage drop per unit length.

Procedure to draw phasor diagram & to

find sending end terms

A.C. Generators, Motors, Transformers, Fuses, P.F. improving equipment’s i.e. synchronous condensers.

Page 168: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17417 EE,EP4 32

Theory: Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1: Basic Transmission Specific Objectives: Draw single line diagram of a given transmission network Classify the lines based on their length, voltage rating

Contents:

Single Line Diagram of Transmission & Distribution of Electric supply system.

Meaning of Primary & Secondary Transmission and its Standard Voltage level used in India.

Classification of Transmission Lines according to voltage level, Length of Transmission line, Type of Supply Voltage & Method of Construction.

Advantage of High Voltage for power transmission

04 08

Topics 2: Transmission Line Components Specific Objectives: Identify the main Components of Transmission & Distribution Line. Select size and type of conductor for transmission line based on its

rating Calculate string efficiency

Contents: Overhead Conductors: ----------------------------------------------- 04 marks

Properties of Conducting Material. Comparison of Copper & Aluminum as a Conducting Material. Different types of Conductor such as Copper, All Alluminium

Conductor (AAC), Alluminium Conductor Steel Reinforced (ACSR), All Alluminium Alloy Conductor (AAAC), Bundled Conductor, Steel Conductor and their applications.

Trade Names of various types of conductors. Stranded Conductor: Advantages & Disadvantages.

Underground Cables: ------------------------------------------------ 04 Marks Introduction & requirements. Classification of cables. Cable conductors. Cable construction. Cable insulation, Metallic sheathing & mechanical protection. Comparison with overhead lines Cable laying and Cable Joining

Line supports: ----------------------------------------------------- 06 marks

Requirements of Supporting Structures Types of Supporting Structure: Poles: RCC Pole, RSJ (Rail Pole), Steel Tubular Pole their

specification, method of erection and their comparison based of Cost, Life, Tensile strength, Insulating properties, maintenance, Weight, transportation and handling.

Steel Tower: Specifications, Material used, single circuit, double

14 24

Page 169: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17417 EE,EP4 33

circuit, Voltage levels. Advantages, Disadvantages & Application of Steel Tower.

Line Insulators : ------------------------------------------------------- 10 marks Electrical, Mechanical, Chemical, Thermal & General Properties of

Insulating Material. Selection of material for line insulators, standard dielectric strengths

of insulating materials used. Types of Insulators used in Transmission and Distribution: Pin type,

Suspension type, Strain type, Shackle type, Stay Insulator and their Applications.

Causes of Insulator failure. String Insulator: Constructional features and applications. Self Capacitance, Shunt Capacitance & Factor ‘K’ or ‘M’, Effect of

factor ‘K’: Definition and effect on voltage distribution in the units of the string.

Distribution of Potential over a string of Three Suspension Insulator. Define String Efficiency and develop its Mathematical Expression

(Simple Numericals) Methods of Improving String efficiency.

Topics 3: Transmission Line Parameters Specific Objectives: Use appropriate method for reducing skin effect Prepare schedule for transposition of line

Contents: Concept of R, L & C of Transmission Line, State their Effect on

performance of Transmission line ( No Derivation & Numericals) Skin Effect: Meaning of the term, its dependence on conductor size

and configuration and material, Methods used to reduce the skin effect.

Proximity Effect: Meaning of the term, its effect on performance of line, methods of reducing the effect.

Ferranti Effect Phenomenon of Corona, Disruptive Critical Voltage and Visual

Critical Voltage, Conditions affecting Corona, Power loss due to Corona, Methods of reducing Corona, Advantages & Disadvantages of Corona.

Concept of Transposition of Conductors and its necessity.

08 12

Topics 4: Performance of Transmission Line Specific Objectives: Determine performance of the line based on efficiency and regulation Representation of line based on A, B, C ,D constants

Contents:

Classification of Transmission line according to distance such as Short, Medium & long Transmission Line.

Definition of efficiency & Regulation of Transmission line. Effect of Power Factor on Transmission efficiency and Regulation,

Draw Vector diagram for Lag, Lead & Unity Power factor. Derivation of Regulation Short Transmission line. Numericals on 1-phase & 3-phase Short Transmission line:

10 20

Page 170: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17417 EE,EP4 34

Calculate Efficiency & Percentage Regulation. Analysis of Short transmission line: Equivalent Circuit & Vector

Diagram (No Mathematical Treatment) Analysis of Medium transmission line: Equivalent Circuit with

Nominal ‘T’ , Nominal ’π’, and End Condenser Method , its Phasor diagram ( No Mathematical Treatment)

Concept and Basic Equations of generalized circuit constants ‘A’, ’B’, ’C’, ’D’ ( No Derivation and Numericals)

Topics 5: Extra High Voltage Transmission Specific Objectives: Understand the concept of HV Transmission Know the use of HV Lines for Transmission and National Grid Compare EHV A.C and HV D.C lines for performance

Contents: Definition of EHV line, Its necessity and Importance. Advantages, Limitations and Applications of Extra High Voltage AC

(EHVAC) Transmission Line. Advantages, Limitation & Application of High Voltage DC (HVDC)

Transmission Line. Layout of HVDC Transmission Line: Monopolar, Bi-Polar & Homo-

Polar HVDC Transmission Line Routes in India, Comparison of EHVAC & HVDC Transmission line.

06 08

Topics 6: A.C Distribution System Specific Objectives: Decide type of distributer to be used based on requirements Determine performance of Distributer with given parameters

Contents:

Components of Distribution System. Classification of distribution System Requirements of an ideal Distribution System. Meaning of Primary & Secondary Distribution System with their

voltage level and Number of conductors. Comparison between Feeder & Distributor. Factors to be considered while designing Feeder & Distributor. Types of different distribution Scheme such as Radial, Ring, and Grid.

Layout, Advantages, Disadvantages & Applications. Numericals on 1-phase A.C Distribution System to Calculate Voltage

drop & Voltage at sending end / Receiving end with Power factor referred to Voltage at receiving end.

12 16

Topics 7: Primary and Secondary Distribution Sub-Station Specific Objectives: Identify components of sub stations with their ratings Identify components from single line diagram

Contents: Definition and Classification of Sub-Station according to Nature of

duty, Application (Service) , Construction Site Selection for Sub-Station. Advantages, Disadvantages & Applications of Indoor & Outdoor Sub-

Station.

10 12

Page 171: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17417 EE,EP4 35

Single Line diagram (layout of ) 33/11KV Sub-Station. Single Line diagram (layout of) 11KV/400V Distribution

Transformer. Symbols & Functions of components of 33/11KV Sub-Station:

Incoming Feeder, Busbar, Power Transformer, Lightning Arrester, Earth Switch Insulator (No Load Switch), Circuit Breaker, Horn Gap Fuse, Instrumental Transformer (CT & PT), Control Panel, Control Room and Outgoing Line,

Symbols & Functions of 11KV/400V Distribution Transformer Sub-Station: Functions of Incoming line, AB Switch, Drop down Fuse, Distribution Transformer, Cross Brasing, Anti climbing device, Danger board, Sub Station Earthing and Distribution box.

Total 64 100 NOTES:

1. Visit to 33 / 11 KV Substation. 2. Visit to11KV/400V Distribution Substation in Campus. 3. Observe Samples of ACSR Conductors and Insulators. These visits may be arranged under Professional Practice.

Learning Resources:

1. Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1. V.K.Mehta Principles of Power System S.Chand 2. V. Kamraju Electrical Power Distribution System Mc.GrawHill

3. S.Sivanagaraju S.Satyanarayana

Electrical Power Transmission and Distribution

Pearson

4. Soni,Gupta, Bhatnagar

A Course in Electrical Power Dhanpat Rai

5. S.L.Uppal A Course in Electrical Power S.K.Khanna

6. J.B.Gupta Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy

S.K.Khanna

2. IS, BIS and International Codes: 1. IS 2713 (Part I, II, III) – 1980 for Specifications of Tubular Steel poles for

Over Head Power Lines.

2. Standard Clearances as per BS: 162-1961 and BS: 159-1957

3. IS 398-1961 – Technical data of AAC and ACSR Conductors.

4. IS 398 (Part -4)-1994 - Technical data of AAAC

3. Websites: 1. Sonaversity _ org 2. www.animations.physics.unsw.edu.au 3.phy-clips

Page 172: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17038 EE,EP4 36

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Fourth

Subject Title : Professional Practices-II

Subject Code : 17038

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 03 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50

Rationale:

Most of the diploma holders join industries. Due to globalization and competition in the

industrial and service sectors the selection for the job is based on campus interviews or competitive

tests.

While selecting candidates a normal practice adopted is to see general confidence, ability to

communicate and attitude, in addition to basic technological concepts.

The purpose of introducing professional practices is to provide opportunity to students to

undergo activities which will enable them to develop confidence. Industrial visits, expert lectures,

seminars on technical topics and group discussion are planned in a semester so that there will be

increased participation of students in learning process.

Objectives:

Student will be able to:

1. Acquire information from different sources.

2. Prepare notes for given topic.

3. Present given topic in a seminar.

4. Interact with peers to share thoughts.

5. Prepare a report on industrial visit, expert lecture.

Page 173: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17038 EE,EP4 37

Learning Structure:

Present a seminar on identified topic related to new technology, prepare reports

Searching information from Journals, internet

and market

Preparing Power Point Presentation text for the

topic

Principle of searching information and preparing

report

Principle of Power Point Presentation

Technical Journals, Internet

Computer, Power Point Presentation Software

Application

Facts

Principles

Procedure

Page 174: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 17038 EE,EP4 38

Activity Contents Hours

01

Industrial Visits Structured industrial visits be arranged and report of the same should be submitted by the individual student, as part of the term work. The industrial visits may be arranged in the following areas / industries :

i) Visit to HT Sub Station (Compulsory) ii) Visit to Transformer Manufacturing Industry iii) Visit to Electronics Industry iv) Visit to Design Office of MSEDCL, MSEGENCOL v) Visit to Industry to observe:-

a)Function of DAS and Data logger b) Electrical quantities, non-electrical quantities by recorder.

vi) Adarsh Gram

16

02

Lectures by Professional / Industrial Expert / Student Seminars based on information search, expert lectures to be organized from any of the following areas:

i) Interview Techniques. ii) Effect of Transmission and Distribution Losses on cost of

Energy Generation iii) Recent Trends in Transformer Manufacturing iv) Electrical Safety in Industry v) Applications of D. C. Motors : Present and Future Trends vi) Any other suitable topic

08

03

Information Search: Information search can be done through manufacturers, catalogue, internet, magazines; books etc. and submit a report. Following topics are suggested :

i) Recent Trends in Insulation Material and Insulators ii) Electrical Wiring Accessories iii) Non Conventional Energy Sources with focus on solar energy iv) Elevators installation and maintenance v) Any other suitable areas

08

04

Seminar: Seminar topic should be related to the subjects of fourth semester. Each student shall submit a report of at least 10 pages and deliver a seminar (Presentation time – 10 minutes)

08

05

Mini Projects: A group of 6to8 students be formed for group discussion; 1. Prepare a report on Electrification of multi storied building 2. Market Survey of Power Converters on the basis of Rating, Cost,

Efficiency, Battery quality

08

Total 48

Page 175: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.ef. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/08/2013 39

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology

Course Code : AE/CE/CH/CM/CO/CR/CS/CW/DE/EE/EP/IF/EJ/EN/ET/EV/EX/IC/IE/IS/

ME/MU/PG/PT/PS/CD/CV/ED/EI/FE/IU/MH/MI/DC/TC/TX/FG

Industrial Training (Optional) after 4th semester examination.

Note:- Examination in Professional Practices of 5th Semester.

INDUSTRIAL TRAINING (OPTIONAL)

Rational:-

There was a common suggestion from the industry as well as other stakeholders that curriculum of Engineering and Technology courses should have Industrial training as part of the curriculum. When this issue of industrial training was discussed it was found that it will be difficult to make industrial training compulsory for all students of all courses as it will be difficult to find placement for all the students. It is therefore now proposed that this training can be included in the curriculum as optional training for student who is willing to undertake such training on their own. The institutes will help them in getting placement or also providing them requisite documents which the student may need to get the placement.

Details:- Student can undergo training in related industries as guided by subject teachers / HOD.

The training will be for four weeks duration in the summer vacation after the fourth semester examination is over.

The student undergoing such training will have to submit a report of the training duly certified by the competent authority from the industry clearly indicating the achievements of the student during training. This submission is to be made after joining the institute for Fifth semester.

The student completing this training will have to deliver a seminar on the training activities based on the report in the subject Professional Practices at Fifth Semester.

The student undergoing this training will be exempted from attending activities under Professional Practices at Fifth semester except the seminar. The report, the delivery of the seminar and actual experience in training will be evaluated as term work and will be given marks out of 50.

The students who will not undergo such training will have to attend Professional Practices Classes/activities of fifth semester and will have to complete the tasks given during the semester under this head.

There work will be evaluated on their submissions as per requirement and will be given marks out of 50. Or student may have to give seminar on training in Industry he attended.

Institute shall encourage and guide students for Industry training.

Page 176: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 1

MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, MUMBAI TEACHING AND EXAMINATION SCHEME FOR POST S.S.C. DIPLOMA COURSES

COURSE NAME : DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING COURSE CODE : EE DURATION OF COURSE : SIX SEMESTERS WITH EFFECT FROM 2012-13 SEMESTER : FIFTH DURATION : 16 WEEKS PATTERN : FULL TIME - SEMESTER SCHEME : G

SR. NO SUBJECT TITLE abbrevi

ation SUB

CODE

TEACHING SCHEME

EXAMINATION SCHEME SW

(17500) PAPER HRS.

TH (1) PR (4) OR (8) TW (9) TH TU PR Max Min Max Min Max Min Max Min

1 Energy Conservation & Audit β ECA 17506 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10

50

2 Industry Electrical Systems-II β IES 17507 04 -- -- 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3 Switchgear & Protection β SAP 17508 03 -- 02 03 100 40 -- -- -- -- 25@ 10 4 Microcontroller and Applications MAA 17509 03 -- 02 03 100 40 25# 10 -- -- 25@ 10 5 A.C. Machines β ACM 17511 03 -- 02 03 100 40 50# 20 -- -- 25@ 10 6 Behavioural Science $ BSC 17075 01 -- 02 -- -- -- -- -- 25# 10 25@ 10

7 Entrepreneurship Development & Project β EDP 17059 01 01 02 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 25@ 10

8 Professional Practices –III /Industrial Training (Optional)** β PPT 17060 -- -- 03 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 50@ 20

Total 18 01 15 -- 500 -- 75 -- 25 -- 200 -- 50 Student Contact Hours Per Week: 34 Hrs. THEORY AND PRACTICAL PERIODS OF 60 MINUTES EACH. Total Marks : 850 @ - Internal Assessment, # - External Assessment, No Theory Examination, $ - Common to all branches, #*- Online Examination, β - Common to EP ** Students who have done Industrial Training of four week after fourth semester examination during summer vacation will be exempted from some of the activities of Professional Practices-III of fifth Semester and Assessment of Industrial Training will be done in fifth semester under Professional Practices-III Abbreviations: TH-Theory, TU- Tutorial, PR-Practical, OR-Oral, TW- Term Work, SW- Sessional Work. Conduct two class tests each of 25 marks for each theory subject. Sum of the total test marks of all subjects is to be converted out of 50 marks as sessional

work (SW). Progressive evaluation is to be done by subject teacher as per the prevailing curriculum implementation and assessment norms. Code number for TH, PR, OR, TW are to be given as suffix 1, 4, 8, 9 respectively to the subject code.

Page 177: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17506 EE5 2

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Fifth

Subject Title : Energy Conservation and Audit

Subject Code : 17506

Teaching and Examination Scheme

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25@ 125

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

Technological development in all sectors has caused imbalance in energy generation and

it’s consumption. Energy conservation is a scientific tool provided to minimize the energy

imbalance. This is one of the rapid emerging field in the area of electrical engineering hence this

has been included as core technology subject.

The contents on energy conservation techniques in lighting systems, motors, transformers

and transmission - distribution lines will be useful to reduce energy losses and wastage in

residential, commercial and industrial sectors.

The topic on energy audit will be an useful tool to participate in energy conservation

program of the nation.

General Objectives:

The students will be able to:

1. Identify the energy losses and wastage.

2. Suggest the energy conservation techniques in various sectors.

3. Find the opportunity for saving in energy consumption through tariff structure.

4. Prepare energy audit report.

Page 178: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17506 EE5 3

Learning Structure:

Applications

Procedure

Principles Concept Fact

Energy Conservation Techniques

Methods of Energy Audit

Efficient

Performance

Least Environment

impact

Measure, Monitor and

analyze

Energy Saving

Improved

Performance

Energy Audit

Wastage and losses in lighting system, Electrical motors,

transformers, transmission and distribution systems.

After completing the course, the student will be able to work as energy manager / energy auditor in residential, commercial, industrial

and power utility sectors.

Page 179: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17506 EE5 4

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1 : Energy Conservation Specific Objectives: Identify the need of Energy Conservation. State functions of Government organization working for ECA.

Contents:

1.1 Preset energy scenario. 1.2 Need of energy conservation. 1.3 State the meaning of term Energy Conservation. 1.4 Energy Conservation Act – 2003. 1.5 Functions of Government Organization (NPC, MNRE, BEE, MEDA).

02 04

Topics 2: Energy Conservation in Lighting System Specific Objectives: Assess existing lighting system Identify energy conservation techniques in lighting system. Suggest methods to improve energy conservation

Contents:

2.1 Basic terms used in Lighting system (Illumination). 2.2 Recommended Luminance levels 2.3 Procedure for assessing existing Lighting system in a facility. 2.4 Energy Conservation techniques in lighting system.

By replacing Lamp sources. Using energy efficient luminaries. Using light controlled gears. By installation of separate transformer / servo stabilizer for

lighting. Periodic survey and adequate maintenance programs. Energy Conservation techniques in fans, Electronic regulators.

06 12

Topic 3 : Energy Conservation techniques in Electrical Motors Specific Objectives:

Select electrical motors for suitable application. Energy conservation techniques for improving the performance of

motor by various methods. Contents: 3.1 Construction, Power flow and working of Induction motor. 3.2 Factors governing the selection of Induction motor. 3.3 Need for energy conservation in Induction motor. 3.4 Various energy conservation techniques in Induction motor.

By improving Power quality. By motor survey.

06 14

Page 180: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17506 EE5 5

By matching motor. By minimizing the idle and

o Redundant running of motor. By operating in star mode. By rewinding of motor. By improving mechanical

o power and transmission o Efficiency.

3.5 Energy Efficient motors.

Comparison with conventional Induction motor

Topic 4: Energy Conservation techniques in transformer Specific Objectives:

List out the methods to improve performance of transformer. Suggest energy conservation techniques to improve transformer

performance Contents:

4.1 Need of energy conservation in transformer. 4.2 Methods (related to material, design) to improve the performance of

transformer. 4.3 Energy conservation techniques related to transformer.

Loading sharing Parallel operation Isolating techniques

4.4 Energy efficient transformers. Amorphous transformers Epoxy Resin cast transformer (Dry type of transformer). Periodic maintenance.

04 08

Topic 5: Energy conservation in transmission and distribution system. Specific Objectives: State scenario of losses in transmission and distribution system Identify Energy conservation opportunities Suggest methods for energy conservation.

Contents: 5.1 Scenario of transmission and distribution losses at state level, national

level and at global level. 5.2 Types of losses in transmission and distribution system (commercial and technical losses) 5.3 Energy conservation techniques in transmission and distribution system related to technical losses.

By reducing I2R losses. By compensating reactive power flow. By optimizing distribution

o voltage By balancing phase currents. By using energy efficient

o Transformers 5.4 Energy conservation techniques related to commercial losses.

06 12

Page 181: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17506 EE5 6

Topic 6: Relation Between Tariff And Energy Conservation. Specific Objectives:

Identify the opportunities to reduce energy bill through selection of tariff structure

Select appropriate tariff structure to reduce energy bill

Contents: 6.1 Types of tariff structure. 6.2 Terms involved in tariff. 6.3 Specific tariff:

Time-off-day tariff Peak-off-day tariff Power factor tariff Maximum Demand tariff Load factor tariff

6.4 Application of tariff system to reduce energy bill. 6.5 Simple numerical based on power factor and load factor tariff.

06 14

Topic 7: Energy Conservation by Cogeneration Specific Objectives: Classify cogeneration systems. Selection of appropriate cogeneration system to reduce energy bill

Contents: 7.1 What is cogeneration? 7.2 Need for cogeneration. 7.3 Classification of cogeneration system on the basis of sequence of energy use.

Topping cycle Bottoming cycle

7.4 Classification of cogeneration system on the basis of technology. Steam turbine cogeneration. Gas turbine cogeneration Reciprocating engine cogeneration.

7.5 Factors governing the selection of cogeneration system. 7.6 Advantages of cogeneration.

04 12

Topic 8: Energy Conservation Equipment Specific Objectives: List out energy conservation equipments. Select proper energy conservation equipments in various applications.

Contents: 8.1 What is energy conservation equipment? 8.2 Energy conservation equipment related to Lighting system.

Centralized Control Equipment (Microprocessor based). Occupancy sensors/Motion Detectors. Control gears: Dimmers, Regulators, and Stabilizers).

8.3 Energy conservation equipment related to electrical motors: Construction, working and advantages of each energy conservation

06 12

Page 182: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17506 EE5 7

Equipment listed below: Soft starter: For induction motors Power Factor Controller Static capacitor Automatic star delta starter Variable Frequency Drives.

8.4 Energy conservation equipments in T&D system: Working principle and operation of

Maximum Demand Controller KVAR Controller Automatic Power Factor controller.

Topic 9: Energy Audit Specific objectives: Select energy audit instruments. Prepare/Develop questionnaire for energy audit. Apply ABC analysis in energy projects. Calculation of simple pay back period. Write energy audit report.

Contents:

9.1 Energy flow diagrams and its significance. 9.2 Energy audit instruments and their use. 9.3 Prepare questionnaire for energy audit projects. 9.4 ABC analysis and it’s advantages referred to energy audit projects.

9.5 Energy Audit procedure (walk through audit and detailed audit). 9.6 Calculation of simple pay back period (Simple numerical)

08 12

Total 48 100 List of Assignments:

1. Collect the information about energy conservation act from IEE 2003. 2. Prepare a write up on role of Energy Manager and Energy Auditor. 3. Collect of information by market survey and prepare report on rating, luminous output, cost,

list of manufacturers of various types of energy efficient luminaries (FTL, CFL, LED, Sodium Vapour, HPMV etc.)

4. Make a comparative study of energy efficient control gears and ballasts used in lighting system on the basis of energy efficiency, cost, life, energy saving and saving in energy bill

5. Visit to any organization where energy conservation program is implemented (Hospitals, workshops, institutes, commercial building, residential building etc.)

6. Using various energy audit instruments used for measurement of electrical, mechanical and thermal energy parameters, carryout energy audit and prepare a report as a case study for Residence, Small workshop, Public Library, Hospital etc.

Learning Resources: 1. Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 S. Sivanagraju M. Balasubba Reddy D. Srilatha

Generation And Utilization Of Electrical Energy Pearson, New Delhi

Page 183: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17506 EE5 8

2 P. H. Henderson India - The Energy Sector University Press

3 W. C. Turner Energy Management Handbook Wiley Press

4

B. G. Desai J. S. Rana A. V. Dinesh R. Paraman

Efficient Use And Management Of Electricity In Industry

Devki Energy Consultancy PVT. Ltd.

2. Websites:

1. Website of bureau of energy and efficiency : www.bee-india.nic.in 2. Website of Akshay Urja News Bulletin : www.mnes.nic.in 3. Notes on energy management on : www.energymanagertraining.com 4. www.greenbusiness.com 5. www.worldenergy.org

Page 184: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17507 EE5 9

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE/EP

Semester : Fifth

Subject Title : Industry Electrical Systems-II

Subject Code : 17507

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

04 -- -- 03 100 -- -- -- 100

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

The main Job functions of a electrical diploma holder are to supervise the operation &

control of various electrical drives, electrical furnaces, electrical welding equipments. The factory

illumination scheme is also to be maintained by them. Therefore the knowledge of operation &

control of these machines & equipments is required for every diploma engineer, Railway is the one

of major employer of electrical diploma engineer; therefore it is essential for a diploma holder to

acquire the knowledge of electric traction.

Due to power crises, economical utilization of electrical energy and energy conservation is an

essential aspect. Hence it is essential for every diploma engineer to study the utilization of electrical

energy.

General Objectives:

1. Select drive for specific application.

2. Compare different methods of electric heating & welding.

3. Explain the importance of good illumination

4. Explain the various components in electric traction system.

5. Get the knowledge of electrical energy conservation.

Page 185: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17507 EE5 10

Learning Structure: Applications Procedure Principles Concepts Facts

Supervise and control Illumination system, Heating & Welding systems, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning systems and Electric Drives including traction in industrial fields.

Operation of Illumination schemes, Heating & Welding systems, Electric Drives Testing of Electric Drives for various application including traction

Calculations of cost of power/energy and economical use of Electrical Power.

Principles of Illumination, Electric Heating, Electric Welding and Control of Motors, current collection, regenerative braking, economic viability in deciding tariff

Electrical Machines, Heating Effect of Electric Current, Drum type controller,

Electric drive, Induction heating, welding, electric braking, electric traction, third rail system, tariff

Page 186: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17507 EE5 11

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1: Electric Drives & Elevators Specific Objectives: Selection of particular drive for a particular application Contents:

Concept of drive and its Advantages & Disadvantages Factors Governing Selection of Electric Drives (Motor) Nature of Drives :- Group, Individual & Multi motor Drives, their

Advantages , Disadvantages and Applications Mechanical Features of drives:

Purpose, Types & Application of various types of Enclosure, Function of Bearing, Types of Bearing ( Ball & Sleeve

Bearing ) Advantages & Disadvantages, Applications, Transmission of Mechanical Power: Direct drive and its applications Indirect Drives: Belt, Rope, Chain, Gear& Vertical drives and their

Applications, Noise : Reasons for production of noise & Methods of Noise

reduction Size & Rating of Motor : Definition of Standard Rating as per ISS --

---- a) Continuous Rating b) Continuous maximum Rating c) Short time Rating,

Load Cycles : Continuous loading, Short time loading, Long time ( Intermittent) Loading, Continuous operations short time loading,

Continuous operations long time loading: Concept with graphical representation

Expression of Rating of motor [No Derivation] Simple Numerical on estimating Size (Rating) of Continuously Rated Motor.

Load Equalization : Meaning of load equalization, Method of load equalization, Condition of load equalization

Braking : Definition of Braking, Requirements of Ideal Braking System, Advantages & Disadvantages of Electrical Braking over Mechanical Braking System. Types of electrical breaking systems: plugging, Rheostatic

( Dynamic) & Regenerative braking for D.C Series Motor, 3 - Phase Induction Motor,

Condition to achieve Regenerative Braking. Elevators: Function, Application of Elevator, Ideal Requirements of

Elevators, Meaning of Car & Pent house, Factors on which Shape & Size of Car depends, unit of Speed of Elevators, Factors affecting Speed of Elevators.

10 20

Topic 2: Electric Heating Specific Objectives: Select method of Electric Heating as per requirement of the

application Decide the rating of the equipment

Contents: Concept of electrical heating, Classification of Electric Heating

Advantages & disadvantages , Modes of Heat transfer with

10 16

Page 187: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17507 EE5 12

definitions, Resistance Heating:- Properties of material used as a heating

element, Causes of failure of heating element, Design of heating element (Circular & Rectangular Strip), Simple Numericals, Methods of temperature control (By varying voltage across heating element, By varying the value of Resistance of Heating element, By use of Thermostat),

Direct & Indirect resistance heating: Meaning of the terms, Working principle, constructional features and applications

Arc Heating: - Principle of Arc Heating, Properties of material used for electrode, advantages of graphite electrode over carbon electrode,.

Direct Arc Furnace: - Constructional features and operation of arc Furnace, Specifications of arc furnace: Temperature obtain, Power Factor, Size (capacity) of furnace, Average Power required, Average Energy consumption required, and Its Applications.

Indirect Arc Furnace :- Constructional features and operation, Specifications: Temperature obtain, Power Factor, Average Power required, Average Energy consumption, Its Applications, Advantages & Disadvantages

Temperature Control : Voltage Control method & Electrode-positioning control with figure

List of Equipments used in arc furnace & their application. Induction Heating :- Working Principle, Constructional features,

Principle of operation, Advantages & Disadvantages & Applications of Direct Induction Core type furnace: Horizontal & Vertical (Ajax Wyatt)], Indirect Induction Furnace [ No Numericals ]

Eddy Current Heating: - Principle, Nature of Supply used, Advantages, Disadvantages & Applications.

Dielectric Heating: - Principle, Nature of supply used, Advantages, Disadvantages & Applications. [ No derivation & Numericals]

Topic 3: Electric Welding Specific Objectives: Compare Methods of Electric Welding Select type of welding for various applications/jobs

Contents:

Meaning of the term Welding, Requirements of good welding, Advantages of electric welding, Classifications of welding system, meaning of term plastic & Fusion welding.

Factors Considered while selecting welding System for a particular job, ways and means of avoiding weld defects.

Resistance Welding: types of Resistance welding, principle and operation, applications of each type, advantages & disadvantages, Safety Equipments

Arc Welding: Principle and operation of Metal & Carbon Arc welding, Characteristics of arc, Factors on which arc length depends, methods of stabilization of arc. Types of Electrodes, advantages of coated electrode. Supply requirements, D. C. Straight Polarity and D. C. Reverse Polarity. Use of DCSP for Carbon arc welding. Advantages and Disadvantages and applications.

08 14

Page 188: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17507 EE5 13

Topic 4: Illumination Specific Objectives: Understand the terms used in illumination System Describe various lighting schemes with their features

Contents: Definition of Light , Luminous flux, Intensity, Lumen, Candle Power,

Illumination, Lux or meter Candle, MHCP, MSCP, MHSCP, Reduction factor, lamp efficiency, Specific Consumption, Glare, Space-Height ratio, Utilization Factor, Maintenance Factor , Depreciation Factor, Waste light Factor, Absorption Factor & Reflection Factor, Solid Angle.

Working principle, Construction, Operation and applications of: Fluorescent Tube, CFL, Mercury Vapour, Sodium Vapour and Metal Halide lamps

Types of Lighting Schemes: - direct, Semi-Direct, Indirect & semi-Indirect lighting Schemes with Applications.

06 08

Topic 5: Electric Traction Specific Objectives: Select Electric Supply Systems for Electric Traction Decide track electrification system as per requirements

Contents: Requirements of an Ideal Traction System. Different types of Traction System used in India, Advantages &

Disadvantages of Electric Traction System. Comparison between various Traction systems.

Systems of Track Electrification: D.C Track Electrification, Single phase 25 KV AC Supply System, Composite System: 1-Phase AC-DC Supply System. Advantages, Disadvantages and Application of above track Electrification System. Comparison between 1-phase 25 KV AC and D.C Track Electrification.

Traction Motors: Desirable Characteristics of an Ideal Traction Motor.

Various types of Traction Motors: Main Features and applications, Advantages and Disadvantages of D.C Series Motor and 1-Phase A.C Series Motor

Traction Motor Control: Steps involved in Series-Parallel Control with Rheostat and their Advantages and Disadvantages

Meaning of the term Transition, Purpose of transition, Steps involved in Shunt Transition & Bridge Transition with advantages and Disadvantages

Traction Mechanics :- Block Diagram of A.C Electric locomotive and function of each part, Classification of Traction Services: Urban, Suburban & Main line Services and their comparison

Speed time Curve: Trapezoidal and Quadrilateral Speed Time curve. Applications.

Definition of average and schedule Speed, Factors affecting Schedule Speed. (Simple Numerical).

16 24

Page 189: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17507 EE5 14

Topic 6: Tariff Specific Objectives: Identify type of consumer based on the demand Decide the Tariff for a consumer

Contents: Meaning of the term Tariff, Desirable Characteristics of Tariff

System. Types of Tariff :- Block Rate Tariff, KVA Maximum Demand Tariff

(Two part Tariff ) & TOD ( Time Of Day Tariff ), Simple Numericals

04 06

Topic 7: Power Factor Improvement Specific Objectives: Decide the economical size of the P.F. improvement device for minimum cost of energy Select method of P. F. improvement as per the requirements of

consumer Contents:

Power Triangle, Disadvantage of low Power factor, Advantages of improved Power Factor.

Causes of Low Power Factor, Avoidance of Low power factor without using P.F. improving apparatus.

P.F. improvement using Static Capacitor: Vector Diagram & Power Triangle, Advantages & Disadvantages and Simple Numericals.

Most Economical Power factor: Derivation & Simple Numericals. Location of P.F. improving apparatus from Consumer & Electrical

Supply Company point of view.

10 12

Total 64 100 Learning Resources: 1. Books: Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1. H.Partab Art & Science of Utilization of Electrical Energy Dhanpat Rai & Sons

2. J.B.Gupta Utilization of Electric Power & Electric Traction S.K.Kataria & Sons

3. V.K.Mehta & Rohit Mehta Principals of Power System S.Chand

4. H.Partab Modern Electric Traction Dhanpat Rai & Sons

5. S.Sivanagaraju M.Balasubba Reedy B.Srilatha

Generation & Utilization of Electrical Energy Pearson

2. IS, BIS and International Codes:

1. IS 1860-1980 code of Practice for Installation, Operation and Maintenance of Electric

Passenger and Goods Lifts.

2. IS 3534-1976 Outline Dimensions of Electric Lifts.

Page 190: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE – Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17507 EE5 15

3. Websites:

1. sonaversity_org

2. www.animations.physics.unsw.edu.au

3. www.khanacademy.com

Visits:-

1. Visit to Sugar Industry.

2. Visit to Steel Manufacturing Industry/ Foundry.

3. Visit to welding Workshop.

4. Visit to Locomotive Shed.

These Visits may be arranged under the Subject of Professional Practices.

Page 191: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17508 EE5 16

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Fifth

Subject Title : Switchgear and Protection

Subject Code : 17508

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 -- 02 03 100 -- -- 25 @ 125

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale: Inspite of all care and precautions taken in the design, installation and operation of Power system and power equipments, abnormal conditions and faults do occur in the system. Some fault such as short circuits can prove highly damaging, not only to the components but also to the entire power system. However continuity of power supply is the need of the hour. So study of switchgear and protection is needed. It is expected that the knowledge of facts, concepts, principles and procedural aspects of switchgear and protection system must be known by students which ultimately help them to maintain the reliability of electric supply in discharging their duties as a supervisor or a technician in substation, manufacturing industries and public service utilities. General Objectives: The students will be able to

1. Understand the principles, concepts & procedural aspects of switchgear & protection. 2. Identify various components of switchgear & protection system & their locations. 3. Know the specification and to select a switchgear for a particular application. 4. Identify various faults in power system & measures to minimize it. 5. Know the basic concepts of protection scheme and to select appropriate protection scheme

for a particular application. 6. Know the need of insulation co-ordination.

Page 192: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17508 EE5 17

Learning Structure:

Applications

Procedure Concepts

Facts

Fuses, transformers, generators, transmission & distribution systems, active & reactive power, specification of machines, short circuit & open circuit calculation.

Principle of Differential relay, induction relay & Distance relay.

Circuit breaker, arc generation & arc extinction, restriking of arc.relay.

Types of Breakers

Students after passing the course will be able to work as supervisor / technician in power, manufacturing industries & public utilities. They should identify faults & repair them.

Operation & use of various types of Circuit breakers.

Operation & use of various types of relays

Air Circuit Breaker

SF-6 Circuit Breaker

Vacuum Circuit Breaker

Protection schemes of transformers, trans. lines, alternator & Bus bar.

Induction Relay.

Differential Relay

Distance Relay.

µP Based Relay

Page 193: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17508 EE5 18

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1: Fundamental Specific Objectives: State the need and function of protection system Differentiate the normal & abnormal conditions of power system List the types of fault & their causes Calculate short circuit current , short circuit kVA

Contents: Switchgear equipments - Symbols and functions Functions of protective system. Normal & abnormal conditions. Types of faults & their causes. Short circuit calculations( Symmetrical faults only) Use of current limiting reactors & their arrangements.

04 10

Topic 2: Circuit Interrupting Devices Specific Objectives: List various methods of arc extinction Select circuit breaker as per application

Contents: Construction, characteristics of HRC Fuse Isolators- Vertical break, Horizontal break & Pantograph type Arc formation process, methods of arc extinction - High

resistance method, Low resistance or current zero method Definition: Arc voltage, Recovery voltage, Restriking voltage, RRRV Circuit breakers- Concept, Classification, Working principle,

Construction, Specification & Applications of: L.T.- Air circuit breakers (ACB), Miniature circuit breakers ( M C B ),

Moulded case circuit breaker ( M C C B ), Earth leakage circuit breaker (ELCB), (More focus on LT C.B)

H.T – Air Blast Circuit Breaker, Sulpher Hexa Fluoride circuit breaker (SF6), Vacuum circuit breaker.

Comparison of fuse & MCCB Selection of MCCB for motor. Selection and rating of circuit breakers

08 16

Topic 3 : Protective Relaying Specific Objectives: List the essential qualities of protective relaying Classify various types relays Selection of protective relays as per the system requirement

Contents: Quality requirements of relay system: selectivity, speed, sensitivity,

reliability, simplicity, Economy: meaning of the term and its significance in protective relaying

Basic Relay Terminology - Protective relay, relay time, pick up current, reset current, current setting, plug setting multiplier (PSM) ,Time setting multiplier (TMS)

Numericals on PSM &TMS Classification Electromagnetic relay –

09 20

Page 194: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17508 EE5 19

Operation of Attracted armature type, Solenoid type and Balanced beam type relays.

Electro magnetic induction type - Operation of Shaded pole type and Watt hour meter type relays.

Block diagram, Operation, Advantages & disadvantages of Static and μP based relays.

CT and PT as Protective transformers. -Safety precautions while using C.T. and P.T. , Circuit Diagram with Relay

Over current relay-Time current characteristics. Operation of Static over current relay with block diagram Operation of μP based over current relay with block diagram Distance relaying- Principle, Operation of – Definite distance relay, Time

distance relay and MHO relay Directional relay- The need of directional relay, construction, operation of

Induction type directional over current relay Differential Relay- Operation of Current differential relay & Voltage

differential relay. Topic 4 : Protection of Alternator Specific Objectives: State various faults and Abnormalities of alternator Sketch various protection schemes of alternator State the concept of reverse power protection Calculate the % protection provided

Contents: Abnormalities & Faults Circuit diagram with proper current direction of Differential protection,

Over current, earth fault, inter -turn fault, negative phase sequence, over heating protection.

Reverse power protections. (Simple numerical on differential protection )

06 12

Topic 5 : Protection of transformer Specific Objectives: Identify various faults & abnormalities of transformer State and draw various protection scheme of transformer Importance of Buchholz Relay Contents :- Abnormalities & faults. Differential, Biased differential protection Limitations of differential protection of transformer, Over current, Earth fault, Inter turn, Restricted earth fault, Over heating

protection. Buchholz relay ( Simple numerical on differential protection )

08 14

Topic 6 : Protection of Motor Specific Objectives: State various faults & abnormalities of motor Observe the behavior of single phasing preventer Identify various protection provided for motors

Contents: Abnormalities & faults. Short circuit protection, Overload protection, Single phase preventer-

(circuit diagram, operation)

03 06

Page 195: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17508 EE5 20

Topic 7 : Protection of Busbar & Transmission line Specific Objectives: Identify the faults & abnormalities of Transmission lines State the principle of over current protection, distance protection

Contents :

Abnormalities & faults. Bus Bar Protection – Operation of Differential Protection and Fault bus

protection schemes. Transmission line, over current, distance protection. Pilot wire protection.

04 10

Topic 8 : Neutral Earthing Specific Objectives: State the need of Neutral earthing Distinguish between equipment earthing and neutral earthing List types of neutral earthing

Contents:- Introduction & importance. Types of earthing: diagram, procedure Substation earthing: diagram, procedure Difference between Equipment earthing and Neutral earthing

02 04

Topic 9 : Over Voltage Protection Specific Objectives: State the causes of over voltage List types of lightning arrester State the necessity of insulation co-ordination Identify basic components of lightning arrester

Contents :

Causes of over voltages. Lightning phenomena, over voltage due to lightning, typical waveform of

lightning surge Protection of transmission line & substation from direct stroke. Types of lightning arresters - Rod gap, Horn gap, Expulsion and Thyrite

type, their construction & principle of operation. Surge absorber - Definition & working with neat diagram. Protection against traveling waves. Necessity of Insulation co-ordination,

04 08

Total 48 100 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Identify different types of circuit breakers. 2. Identify various faults on the system. 3. Calculate the fault levels.

Page 196: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17508 EE5 21

Motor Skills: 1. Simulate circuit configuration to create various faults. 2. Set the relays for various fault levels.

List of Practicals: 1. Survey of different switchgear equipment used in electrical power system and study of

their technical specifications. (Market survey/ web based search/ visit) 2. Demonstration of working of MCB, MCCB and identification of different parts and their

function. 3. Plot current (i) Vs. time (t) characteristics of a fuse (Kitkat/HRC) 4. Performance test of an electromechanical IDMT over current relay. 5. Study and understand the function and operation of microprocessor based over current

relay. 6. Demonstrate operation of a protection system used for a three phase induction motor. 7. Collect data for protection system used in a typical HT substation (Transformer and Bus-

bar). 8. Collect data for different types and specifications of lightening arrestor. 9. Collect data about a typical HT/LT substation earthing scheme.

Learning Resources: 1. Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 S. Rao. Switch Gear & Protection Khanna Publications, New

2 Badriram & Vishwakarma P.N.

Power System Protection & Switchgear TMH, New Delhi

3 V. K. Mehta Principles of Power System S. Chand & Co.

4 Bhaveshbhalja, R. P. Maheshwari& N. G. Chothani

Protection &Switchgear Oxford

5 R. P. Singh Switchgear and Power System Protection PHI

6 Mason C.R. The art & science of protective relaying -----

Page 197: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17509 EE5 22

Course Name : Diploma in Electrical Engineering

Course Code : EE

Semester : Fifth

Subject Title : Microcontroller and Applications

Subject Code : 17509

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 -- 02 03 100 25# -- 25@ 150

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale: Use of microcontroller based systems has become dominant in society with broad spectrum

of applications ranging from house hold appliances to complex industrial environment. A variety of microcontrollers with several on-chip peripherals are now available at affordable price and future foretells of these devices is continuing to expand.

A diploma engineer must have a solid foundation of knowledge of microcontroller based systems, its programming techniques and tools. This will help him in developing innovative solutions to particular industrial problems or to emerge as an entrepreneur.

The low cost, huge range, easy availability and widespread use of the 8051 family makes it an excellent platform for developing microcontroller based systems: these same factors make it an ideal platform for learning about microcontrollers. General Objectives:

1) Understand 8051 microcontroller architecture. 2) Understand instruction set and assembly language programming 3) Understand the use of higher level language (C programming) to develop programs for

8051 microcontroller. 4) Know the interfacing of various peripherals to 8051 5) Learn basic concepts of system design based on 8051 for typical applications.

Page 198: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17509 EE5 23

Learning Structures:

Procedure

Application

Principle

Concept

Facts

Develop and use microcontroller based systems

Addressing modes and instructions of 8051

Electronic Components and circuitry

Types of memories RAM, EPROM & Flash

Architecture of 8051

Functional block diagram, registers, control signals, timers, counters, I/O ports, interrupts in 8051 microcontroller

Principles of assembly language programming of 8051 with the help of simulators

Procedural steps for writing, assembling and executing assembly language

programs for 8051

Procedural steps for design and development of 8051 microcontroller

based systems

Page 199: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17509 EE5 24

Contents: Theory

Topic and Contents Hours MarksTopic 1: Introduction to Microcontrollers Specific Objectives: Convert any number from base 2, base 10, base 16 to either of the

two bases. Describe logical operations AND,OR, NOT, XOR, NAND, NOR Explain difference between bit, nibble, a byte and a word and

definitions of kilobyte, megabyte, gigabyte. Define terms such as hardware, software, firmware, cpu, bus, ports,

operating system. Explain Harvard and Von Neumann architecture, RISC, CISC

machines. Contents: 1.1 Digital Primer

Binary, decimal, hexadecimal numbering system and conversion between either of the two bases.

Addition of binary and hex numbers and subtraction using 2’s complement.

Review of logic gates: AND, OR, NOT, XOR, NAND, NOR. Definitions of important terms: bit, byte, nibble, word, kilobyte,

megabyte, gigabyte, terabyte. 1.2 Introduction to digital computer

Block diagram of a digital computer, and definitions of terms: Hardware, software, firmware, memory, CPU, address bus, data bus, control bus, ports.

Memory Classification: RAM (static and dynamic), ROM, PROM, EPROM, EEPROM, FLASH.

Microprocessor and features of a microprocessor based system 1.3 Microcontroller basics

Schematic block diagram of a microcontroller. Comparison between a microcontroller and microprocessor. Von-neumann and Harward architecture. RISC and CISC machines. Features of 8051 microcontroller. Survey of commercially available 8051 microcontrollers e.g. Atmel,

Dallas.

04 08

Topics 2: 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Specific Objectives: Draw labeled pin diagram and state function of each pin. Understand system clock characteristics and reset circuit. Describe the internal memory organization and different special

functions register. Describe the functions of stack pointer and program counter Describe different interrupt sources, priorities and services.

Contents: 2.1 Architecture

Block diagram of internal architecture Pin diagram, function and alternate function of pins System clock, machine cycles and reset circuit.

12 24

Page 200: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17509 EE5 25

2.2 Memory Organization Internal program and data memory, external memory interface Register banks, bit and byte addressable area. Registers: PC, DPTR, A&B, PSW and other Special function

registers(SFR) Architecture of I/O ports Stack and stack pointer register

2.2 Timers and Counters. Timer/counter control logic and interrupts. TMOD and TCON SFR map. Timer modes of operation.

2.3 Interrupts. Interrupt sources. IE and IP SFR map Interrupt priorities

2.4 8052 microcontroller Comparison of 8051 and 8052 microcontroller

Topic 3: Addressing Modes and Instructions of 8051 Specific Objectives: Explain the instruction syntax and data types. Explain instruction timings. Explain the instruction set. Define subroutines and explain its uses. Assemble and run simple assembly programs

Contents: 3.1 Instruction syntax and data types

Opcode, Operand, label, comment, and assembler directives such as DB, ORG, EQU, END

Data types and data range 3.2 Addressing modes

Immediate, register, direct, indirect, indexed, relative, absolute, bit inherent, bit direct.

3.3 Instruction set Definition of basic parameters: T-State, machine cycle, instruction

cycle. Instructions: data transfer, arithmetic, logical, branching, subroutines,

bit manipulation. 3.4 Assembly language programming

Develop assembly language programs for the following commonly used applications. i) Addition, subtraction of two 8 bit, 16 bit signed/unsigned

numbers. ii) Multiplication and division on two 8 bit/16 bit unsigned

numbers. iii) Find largest and smallest number integer of an array. iv) Average of 8-bit numbers. v) Bubble sorting. vi) Data transfer from one location to other. vii) Programmable delay generation. viii) Program to generate square wave on the port pin using timer. ix) Simple program for demonstrating interrupt service.

12 24

Page 201: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17509 EE5 26

x) Program to measure time period of a square wave using counter. xi) Program to demonstrate use of subroutine.

Topic 4: 8051 Programming in C Specific Objectives: Examine C data types Work with C-compiler and simulator

Contents: 4.1 C data types

C data types such as unsigned/signed char, unsigned/signed int, sbit, sfr.

Introduction to integrated development environment such as Keil µ-vision

4.2 C Programming Writing simple C programs for

i) Continuously toggle all bits of a port and particular port pin with some delay.

ii) Bit wise shift operation. Left/right port data continuously. iii) Addition of array elements. iv) Read input port and send hex data to output port.

04 12

Topic 5: External Peripheral Interface Specific Objectives: Interface simple push button switches and output data to LEDs. Input data from matrix keyboard and output to seven segment

display. Use D/A converter to generate digital/analog waveforms. Interface 8 bit/12 bit ADC. Interface character LCD display. Interface serial port.

Contents: 5.1 Reading push buttons

Interfacing of a key or push button, contact bouncing, hardware and software de-bouncing, C program to read valid key status.

Interfacing 3x3 key matrix and C program to store key status. 5.2 LED & LCD interface

Interfacing of LEDs (common anode and common cathode) and multiplexed seven segment LED displays (4 digit), C program

Parallel interfacing of 20x4 character LCD display using 8bit data transfer, C program.

5.3 ADC and DAC interface Interfacing of 8-channel, 8 bit parallel ADC 0809 and C-program. Interfacing of MAX 1112 serial ADC, C-Program Interfacing of 8 bit DAC 0808, C-program.

5.4 Serial port interface Basics of serial communication: 8bit-UART mode Overview of serial port registers, SCON, SBUF, SMOD C program to transmit and receive data serially from personal

computer using 8bit-UART mode.

08 16

Topic 6: Typical applications Specific objectives Develop schematic diagrams for typical applications Develop flowchart for such applications

08 16

Page 202: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17509 EE5 27

6.1 Interfacing applications ( programming not expected) Temperature measurement using LM35 temperature sensor. Relay and opto-isolator interface DC motor speed control Stepper motor control Servo motor control

Total 48 100 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Logical thinking process development

2. Programming skills

Motor Skills:

1. Data entry, Error Correction and Execution of assembly language programs

2. Connections

List of Practicals:

1. Develop and Execute Assembly language program for demonstrating basic arithmetic

operation.

2. Develop and Execute Assembly language program for demonstrating Bit level operation.

3. Develop and Execute Assembly language program based on an array.

4. Develop and Execute Assembly language program to generate Square wave over port pin.

5. Develop and Execute Assembly language program for demonstrating use of look up table.

6. Develop and Execute ‘C’ program for I/O operation with port.

7. Develop and Execute ‘C’ program to Interface 7 Segment LED display.

8. Develop and Execute “C” program to interface 16X2 LCD display.

9. Develop and Execute ‘C’ program to demonstrate Serial communication.

10. Develop and Execute “C” program to interface Stepper Motor.

Learning Resources: Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 Kenneth Ayala The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and Applications

Penram International Publishing (India). 1996

2 Subrata Ghoshal 8051 microcontroller - internals, instructions, programming and Pearson

Page 203: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17509 EE5 28

interfacing

3 Ajay Deshmukh 8051 microcntroller and applications Tata McGraw Hill

4 M. Mazidi et al. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems - using assembly and C

Pearson

5 K. Uma Rao The 8051 Microcontroller - Architecture, Programming and Applications

Pearson

6 V. Udaysankara et al. 8051 microcontroller - Hardware, Software and Applications McGraw Hill

7 J. S. Parab et al. Exploring C for microcontrollers- A hands on approach Springer

Websites:

1. www.keil.com 2. www.8052 .com 3. www.MicroDigitalEd.com 4. www.8051projects.net

Page 204: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17511 EE5 29

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE /EP

Semester : Fifth

Subject Title : A. C. Machines

Subject Code : 17511

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

03 -- 02 03 100 50# -- 25@ 175

NOTE:

Two tests each of 25 marks to be conducted as per the schedule given by MSBTE.

Total of tests marks for all theory subjects are to be converted out of 50 and to be

entered in mark sheet under the head Sessional Work (SW).

Rationale:

A.C. Machines is a core technology subject consisting constructional details, working principles, operation and characteristics of various three phase and single phase machines such as Three phase Induction motors, Three phase AC generators, three phase synchronous motor and single phase Induction motors. AC motors are widely used in various industries such as paper industry, chemical industry, machine tools, sugar industry, agricultural applications, railway traction etc. AC generators are used for generation of electricity in Thermal power stations, Hydro power stations, Nuclear power stations etc. The knowledge gained by the students is useful for studying technological subject such as Industry Electrical Systems, switchgear & protection, testing and maintenance of electrical equipment’s and Modern electric traction. The skills acquired after studying this subject will be helpful to operate & control the machines and also to find various operating parameters of machines. Objectives: Students will be able to:

1. To know the various types and constructional details of AC machines. 2. To understand the working principle various AC machines. 3. To operate various AC machines. 4. To apply the knowledge for testing of machines. 5. To coordinate the knowledge for understanding the other subjects.

Page 205: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17511 EE5 30

Learning Structure:

Application

Procedure

Concept/ Principles

Facts

To operate and control AC Machines in Industries and to analyse the performance

characteristics.

Construction and operation

of 3 phase 1 phase

induction motor

Construction and operation

of 3 phase Alternator

Construction and

operation of A C series

motor

Types of 3 phase & 1

phase induction motors

Special machines

Synchronous machine

Working Principle of AC machines

Construction & operation of Induction

generator and linear

induction motor

Statically and mutually induced EMF

Dynamically induced EMF

Faradays Laws of Electromagnetic Induction, Lenz Law, Flemings Right and Left Hand Rule, Thumb rule, Self Induction and Mutual Induction.

Page 206: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17511 EE5 31

Theory:

Topics and Contents Hours Marks Topic 1: Three Phase Induction Motor Specific objectives: To know the construction /working principle of three phase I.M. To find synchronous speed and slip from given data. To differentiate between standstill and running condition of three phase

Induction motor. To analyze Induction motor performance by performing O.C & S.C. test To choose the particular motor for proper applications.

Contents: 1.1 Constructional and operational features: 12 Marks

Types of Three phase Induction motors Construction of three phase induction motor Production of rotating magnetic field with vector diagram. Working Principle. Concept of synchronous speed and slip (Numericals) Comparison between squirrel-cage and slip-ring induction motor. Equation of rotor induced emf frequency, current, reactance, impedance

and rotor emf under standstill and running condition Starting and running torque equation of squirrel cage and slip ring

induction motor

06

24

1.2 Characteristics : 12 Marks Condition for maximum starting torque( Derivation) Condition for maximum running torque (Derivation) Torque slip characteristics of three phase induction motor Effect of change in rotor circuit resistance on torque-slip characteristics Effect of change in supply voltage on torque-speed Ratio of full load torque and maximum torque (Numericals) Ratio of stating torque and maximum torque (Numericals) measurement of slip by Tachometer method Comparing rotor frequency and stator frequency Stroboscopic method Power stages of three phase induction motor. (Numericals)

06

Topic 2: Starting and Controlling of Induction Motor: Starting of 3-phase IM (No numerical)

a) Direct ON Line starter b) Stator resistance starter c) Star-Delta starter d) Auto transformer starter e) Rotor resistance starter

Speed control of three phase induction motor by a) Pole changing method b) Frequency control method c) By stator voltage control d) Rotor resistance control

Applications of three phase induction motor.

04 10

Page 207: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17511 EE5 32

Topic 3: Three Phase Alternator Specific objectives: To know the construction /working principle of three phase Alternator. To find voltage regulation of alternator. To choose the particular alternator for proper applications.

Contents: 3.1 Constructional features: 16 Marks

Definition of Alternator Construction of alternators Working principle Types of three phase alternators according to type of rotors Relationship between synchronous speed and frequency Armature winding-

Single layer and double layer. Short pitch winding and short pitch factor. Distribution winding and distribution factor

Derivation of e.m.f. equation of Alternator (Numericals)

06

28

3.2 Operational features: 12 Marks Factors affecting the terminal voltage of Alternator

a) Armature resistive drop b) Leakage reactance drop

c) Armature reaction at various power factors concept of Synchronous reactance and impedance Regulation of three phase Alternator by

a) Direct loading method b) Synchronous impedance method c) Amper turns method (Numericals on regulation)

08

Topic 4: Parallel operation of Alternators: Specific objectives: To develop the skills for parallel operations and load sharing. Need of parallel operation Conditions for parallel operations Synchronizing of three phase alternators

a) lamp method b) Synchronoscope

Concept of Load sharing Numericals on load sharing

04 08

Topic 5 : Single Phase Motors Specific objectives: To understand the construction /working principle of single phase

Induction motors. To understand the characteristics and applications of single phase

Induction motor. Contents: Constructional feature and characteristics :

Types of Single phase IM Double field revolving theory Study of following single phase induction motors with respect to

a. Construction

06 12

Page 208: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17511 EE5 33

b. Working principle c. Torque speed characteristics d. Applications

i. Resistance start induction run ii. Capacitor start induction run

iii. Capacitor start Capacitor iv. Shaded pole IM

Topic 6: Special Machines Specific objectives: To understand the construction /working principle of single phase

Induction motors. To understand the working of Induction generator.

Contents: Constructional feature and characteristics :

Study of following single phase induction motors with respect to a. Construction b. Working principle c. Torque speed characteristics d. Applications

i. AC series motor ii. universal motor

iii. Linear Induction Motor Introduction to Induction Generator Construction, Working Principle and Applications of :

D. C. and A. C. Servomotor Stepper Motor: variable reluctance, permanent magnet and

hybrid type

08 18

Total 48 100

Practicals: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

1. Understand the concept of working principle of Three phase induction motors. 2. Understand the concept of rotating magnetic field in Induction machines. 3. Realise the concept of slip and slip measurement. 4. Know the effect of stator voltage and frequency variations on speed of induction motor. 5. Know the starting methods of synchronous motor.

Motor Skills:

1. Ability to start and run induction motor. 2. Ability to change the direction motor. 3. Ability to feed variable frequency supply to induction motor and control its speed. 4. Ability to operate and control the machines. 5. Ability to take the precautions while operating the machines. 6. Ability to draw the characteristics and interpret the result. 7. Ability to draw the circle diagram and interpret the results.

Page 209: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17511 EE5 34

List of Practicals:

1. A) Connect direct online starter (D.O.L) for starting three phase induction motor and reverse the direction of rotation using reversible switch B) Connect semiautomatic and automatic star-Delta starter for starting three phase induction

motor 2. Control the speed of 3 phase induction motor by a) Rotor resistance variation b) Variable

frequency supply to stator 3. Measure the slip of 3 ph induction motor using

a. Tachometer b. Comparing rotor and stator frequency c. Stroboscope

4. Perform direct loading test on 3 ph induction motor by using a. Coupled Generator OR b) Brake test

5. Determine percentage voltage regulation of three phase alternator by direct loading test for different power factor

6. Determine percentage voltage regulation of three phase alternator by a) Synchronous impedance method at unity, 0.8 lagging and 0.8 leading PF b) Ampere turns method at full load for unity, 0.8 lagging and 0.8 leading PF

7. Synchronize the incoming machine (Alternator) with Bus-Bar.c8 8. Identify different windings and components of single phase, capacitor starts, Induction run

motor or ceiling fan. Connect to start and reverse direction of rotation.

Learning Resources: 1.Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 B. L. Theraja Electrical Technology Vol-II S. Chand & Co.

2 S. K. Bhattacharya Electrical Machines Tata McGraw Hill Pub Co. Ltd. New Delhi

3 K Murugesh Kumar Electrical Machines Vol-II Vikas publication House Pvt. Ltd.

4 K Murugesh Kumar Induction and Synchronous Machines

Vikas publication House Pvt. Ltd.

5 M. G. Say The performance and design of alternating current machines CBS Publication

6 D. P. Kothari & I. P. Nagrath Electric Machines Tata McGraw Hill Pub Co. Ltd.

New Delhi 2. IS, BIS and International Codes:

1. All motors comply with the following Indian and international standards:

IS 325 Three phase Induction motors-specificationIS:900 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of induction motors IS 1231 Dimension of three-phase foot mounted A.C. Induction motors IS 2223 Dimensions of flange mounted A.C. induction motors IS:4029 Guide for testing three phase induction motors IS:4691 Degree of protection provided by Enclosures for Rotating Electrical Machinery

Page 210: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17511 EE5 35

IS:6362 Designation of methods of cooling for rotating electrical machines IS 12065 Permissible limits of noise level for rotating electrical machines IS 12075 Mechanical vibration of rotating electrical machines IS 12615 Energy Efficient Induction motors - Three phase, squirrel cage IEC 60045-1, 5 Rotating electrical machines - Rating and performance, degrees of protection IEC 60072 Dimension and output ratings of rotating electrical machines BIS: Bureau of Indian Standards http://www.bis.org.in/

Sr. No. Amendment to IS Description of Amendment

01 Amendment No.3 to IS 4889:1968

Methods of Determination of Efficiency of Rotating Electrical Machines

02 Amendment No.2 to IS 14665(Pt 2/Sec 1) : 2000

Electric Traction Lifts Part 2 Code of Practice for Installation Operation and Maintenance: Section 1 Passenger and Goods Lifts

03 Amendment No.1 to IS 14578:1999

Three - Phase Induction Motors for use in Nuclear Power Plants : Specifications

Websites:

1. http://www.engineersedge.com/motors/alternators_types.htm 2. http://www.tpub.com/contents/neets/14177/css/14177_82.htm 3. http://www.learn-about-electronics.com/Three-Phase_alternator.html 4. http://www.learn-about-electronics.com/AC-current-motors.html 5. http://www.tpub.com/content/neets/12177/css/14177_65.htm 6. http://www.tpub.com/neets/book2/1c.htm 7. http://www.allaboutcircuits.com/vol_2/chpt_13/8.html 8. http://www.tecowestinghouse.com/PDF/woundrotor.pdf 9. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electric_motor#Induction_motor 10. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Synchronous_motor 11. http://synchronousmotor.specaproduct.com/ 12. http://www.engineersedge.com/motors/synchronous_motor.htm 13. http://www.eolss.net/Sample-Chapters/C05/E6-39A-05-03.pdf 14. http://www.allaboutcircuits.com/vol_2/chpt_13/9.html 15. http://www.allaboutcircuits.com/vol_2/chpt_13/10.html 16. http://dcacmotors.blogspot.in/2009/04/capacitor-start-single-phase-induction.html 17. http://www.newagepublishers.com/samplechapter/001136.pdf 18. http://www.wisc-online.com/objects/ViewObject.aspx?ID=IAU10908 19. http://www.hvactroubleshootingguides.com/resistance-start-induction-run-motor.html 20. http://www.hvactroubleshootingguides.com/capacitor-start-induction-run-motor.html 21. http://www.ustudy.in/node/4753 22. http://www.woodward.co.kr/storage/files/parallel%20operation%20of%20alternators.pdf 23. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Electric_motor#Universal_motors 24. http://www.ustudy.in/node/6382 25. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/AC_motor 26. http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Linear_induction_motor 27. http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/182667/electric-motor/45833/Linear-

induction-motors 28. http://www.msbte.com/website/curriculum/Lab Manual of 5th Semester/ACMachines.pdf

Page 211: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17075 EE5 36

Course Name : All Branches of Diploma in Engineering & Technology

Course Code : EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/ CO/CM/IF/

EE/EP/CH/PS/CD/ED/EI/CV/FE/FG/IU/MH/MI/TX/TC/DC/AU

Semester : Fifth for EJ/EN/ET/EX/EV/IC/IE/IS/MU/DE/ME/PG/PT/AE/CE/CS/CR/

CO/CM/IF/EE/EP/CH/PS/AU and Sixth for CD/MH/IU/CV/FE/FG/MI/

ED/EI/DC/TC/TX

Subject Title : Behavioural Science

Subject Code : 17075

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

01 -- 02 -- -- -- 25 # 25 @ 50

Rationale:

With increased globalization and rapid changing business expectations, employers are

looking for wide cluster of skills to cater to the changing demand. Personality traits and soft skills

are playing a key role in a student’s career in this changing scenario. Corporate houses look for soft

skills that supplement hard skills.

Addition of behavioural science in curriculum is intended to enhance the efficiency of a

person so that he can contribute to overall growth of organisation. It aims at developing insight into

leadership, team building, motivation, interpersonal relationship, problem solving, decision making

and aspects of personality in a technician’s profile. Addition of the topic of organizational culture

will further mould him/ her in the organisational role.

This subject of ‘Behavioural Science’ provides a broad base in which a technician can

develop a successful career in the world of work.

General Objectives:

After studying this subject, the students will be able to:

1. Develop him/her as Team leader.

2. Use self-motivation and motivate others.

3. Build a team and develop team spirit among the team members.

4. Improve the interpersonal relationship skills.

5. Learn Problem solving and decision making skills.

6. Discuss a particular topic in a group and face the interview.

Page 212: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17075 EE5 37

Learning Structure:

Application Procedure Principle Concept Facts

Self-development and organizational growth

Performing tasks effectively by implementing team spirit, defining problem

Goal achievements and result oriented work culture

Problem Organisation

Task or Goal

Team spirit

Vision

Conflict

Leadership

Motivation

Team

Team building

Team development

Conflict resolution

Problem solving

Brain storming

Trial and error

Interpersonal relationship

Group Discussion

Page 213: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17075 EE5 38

Theory:

Topic and Contents Hours Topic 1: Leadership 1.1 Management Education-History, Development, Importance, Areas of

specialization, need and importance of behavioural science 1.2 Meaning and Types of Leaders, Qualities of leader, Examples 1.3 Leadership- Definition, importance, leadership in various organizations 1.4 Leadership styles-task -people matrix. Persuasive, Authoritative, Democratic, Delegative Leadership styles. Maturity of followers, situational leadership

02

Topic 2: Motivation 2.1 Meaning 2.2 Importance of Motivation 2.3 Types of Motivation- Intrinsic, Extrinsic, Examples 2.4 Maslow's motivation theory- pyramid of needs, individual and industrial

applications 2.5 Tips for Motivation

02

Topic 3: Emotional Intelligence 3.1 Major concepts - emotion, families of emotion, components of emotional

expressions 3.2 Emotional intelligence, cognitive intelligence 3.3 Basic emotional competencies

02

Topic 4: Team Building 4.1 Team- Need, Definition, Difference between group and team 4.2 Characteristics of a good team 4.3 Steps in team formation- forming, norming, storming, performing,

adjourning 4.4 Roles of team members 4.5 Characteristics of a good team member 4.6 Types of teams-Work, mgmt, cross functional, quality circle, self-managed

team

03

Topic 5: Conflict Resolution 5.1 Definition, types (interpersonal, intrapersonal, groups), indicators of conflicts 5.2 Sources of conflict - ego, poorly defined authority and responsibility, power,

interests, greed, difference in value system, complex work situations 5.3 Skills for conflict resolution 5.4 Steps in conflict management -Mapping of conflict, negotiation- steps in

negotiation, 5.5 Styles of conflict management- collaborating, competing, cooperating,

avoiding, compromising

03

Topic 6: Decision Making 6.1 Importance of decision making 6.2 Definition Characteristics of good decision 6.3 Characteristics of good decision

02

Page 214: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17075 EE5 39

6.4 Types of decisions- programmed, non programmed, strategic, tactical, impulsive

6.5 Group decision making 6.6 Steps of decision making Topic 7: Interview Techniques 7.1 Job search opportunities 7.2 Development of résumé´ and cover letter- essentials of a good résumé´,

contents of Résumé´, layout of résumé´, cover letter 7.3 Group discussion- objectives, do's and don'ts for effective participation,

evaluation parameters, suggested topics 7.4 Psychometric tests- Aptitude test, guidelines for preparations for aptitude test,

Personality test 7.5 Personal interview-guidelines for preparing for job interviews, common

questions

02

Total 16 Practical: Skills to be developed: Intellectual Skills:

Develop ability to find his strengths

Select proper source of information.

Follow the technique of time and stress management.

Set the goal.

Motor Skills:

Follow the presentation of body language.

Work on internet and search for information.

Prepare slides / transparencies for presentation.

List of Assignments:

01 Case study: Employee motivation and leadership. 02 To build a tower from a given material as a team activity 03 To prepare Jigsaw puzzles (common shapes) from the given jigsaw pieces as a team. 04 Case study on conflict Resolution 05 Assess your style of conflict resolution 06 Decision making activity: of Selection of the best suitable company. 07 Participate in a guided group discussion

08 Assessment of self-aptitude in numerical computation, estimation, data interpretation, mechanical, spatial and abstract reasoning

09 Assessment of self-aptitude in Verbal ability and data checking. 10 Development of résumé´ and covering letter

Note: Subject teacher shall guide the students in completing the assignments based on above

practicals.

Page 215: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17075 EE5 40

Learning Resources: Books:

Sr. No. Author Name of Book Publication

1 Subject Experts-MSBTE Handbook and assignment book on Development of Life Skills-II MSBTE

2 Dr. Kumkum Mukherjee Principles of management and organizational behaviour

Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt Ltd.

3 Dr.T.Kalyana Chakravarti Dr.T.Latha Chakravarti Soft Skills for Managers Biztantra

4 Barun K Mitra Personality Development and soft skills Oxford University Press

5 Priyadarshini Patnaik Group discussion and interview skills Foundation Books

Page 216: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17059 EE5 41

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Fifth

Subject Title : Entrepreneurship Development and Industrial Project

Subject Code : 17059

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS. TH PR OR TW TOTAL

01 01 02 -- -- -- -- 25@ 25

Part A: EEnnttrreepprreenneeuurrsshhiipp DDeevveellooppmmeenntt

Rationale:

Globalization, liberalization & privatization along with revolution in Information

Technology, have thrown up new opportunities that are transforming lives of the masses.

Talented and enterprising personalities are exploring such opportunities & translating

opportunities into business ventures such as- BPO, Contract Manufacturing, Trading, Service

sectors etc. The student community also needs to explore the emerging opportunities. It is

therefore necessary to inculcate the entrepreneurial values during their educational tenure. This

will help the younger generation in changing their attitude and take the challenging growth

oriented tasks instead of waiting for white- collar jobs. This subject will help in developing the

awareness and interest in entrepreneurship and create employment for others.

Objectives:

Students will be able to

1) Identify entrepreneurship opportunity.

2) Acquire entrepreneurial values and attitude.

3) Use the information to prepare project report for business venture.

4) Develop awareness about enterprise management.

Page 217: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17059 EE5 42

Learning Structure:

Application

Procedure

Concepts and Principles

Facts

Use basic concepts, principles, and procedures related to

Information gathering for opportunity Product / Service Finalization as Business Opportunity Project report preparation & Project execution

Information Gathering, Opportunity Identification, Formulation of Business Plan, Running Enterprise successfully - Planning Resources, Enterprise, Budgeting, Study modern trends in business

Entrepreneur, Entrepreneurial Processes, Motivation, Barriers, Business Plan, Small Scale Enterprises,

Page 218: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17059 EE5 43

Topic Name of Topic Hours

01

Entrepreneurship, Creativity & Opportunities Concept, Classification & Characteristics of Entrepreneur Creativity and Risk taking, Risk Situation, Types of risk & risk

takers. Business Reforms. Process of Liberalization. Reform Policies. Impact of Liberalization. Emerging high growth areas. Business Idea Methods and techniques to generate business idea. Transforming Ideas in to opportunities transformation involves Assessment of idea &Feasibility of opportunity SWOT Analysis

03

02

Information and Support Systems Information Needed and Their Sources: Information related to project, Information related to support

system, Information related to procedures and formalities Support Systems Small Scale Business Planning, Requirements. Govt. & Institutional Agencies, Formalities Statutory Requirements and Agencies.

02

03

Market Assessment Marketing - Concept and Importance Market Identification, Survey Key components Market Assessment

02

04

Business Finance & Accounts Business Finance

Cost of Project Sources of Finance Assessment of working capital Product costing Profitability Break Even Analysis Financial Ratios and Significance

Business Account Accounting Principles, Methodology Book Keeping Financial Statements Concept of Audit

03

Page 219: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17059 EE5 44

05

Business Plan & Project Report Business plan steps involved from concept to commissioning

Activity Recourses, Time, Cost Project Report Meaning and Importance Components of project report/profile (Give list)

5.1) Project Appraisal

1) Meaning and definition 2) Technical, Economic feasibility 3) Cost benefit Analysis

03

06

Enterprise Management And Modern Trends Enterprise Management:

Essential roles of Entrepreneur in managing enterprise Product Cycle: Concept and importance Probable Causes Of Sickness Quality Assurance: Importance of Quality, Importance of testing E-Commerce: Concept and Process

Global Entrepreneur Assess yourself-are you an entrepreneur? Prepare project report and study its feasibility.

03

Total 16

List of Assignments: 1. Write the SWOT Analysis required for an successful entrepreneur. 2. Collect the required information, formalities and supporting systems for starting a small

scale business. 3. Collect information regarding key parameters required for market analysis of an electrical

industry. 4. Search for current available sources of finance to start a new business and write a report. 5. Write a report on different accounting methods, financial statements and audit. 6. Write a report on preparing a good business plan. 7. Collect information on E-commerce system and write a report on how it is useful for

entrepreneurs. 8. Prepare a report on how to become a successful entrepreneur?

Learning Resources:

1) Books:

Sr. No. Author Title Publisher

1 J. S. Saini B. S. Rathore

Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice Wheeler Publisher, New Delhi

2 Prepared by Colombo plan staff college for Technician Education.

Entrepreneurship Development

Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing co. ltd. New Delhi.

Page 220: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17059 EE5 45

3 J. B. Patel D. G. Allampally

A Manual on How to Prepare a Project Report

EDI STUDY MATERIAL Near Village Bhat , Via Ahmadabad Airport & Indira Bridge, P.O. Bhat 382428 , Gujrat,IndiaP.H. (079) 3969163, 3969153 E-mail : [email protected]/[email protected] Website : http://www.ediindia.org

4 Gautam Jain Debmuni Gupta

New Initiatives in Entrepreneurship Education & Training

5 Schaper, Michael Volery

Entrepreneurship- Small Business Wiley India,2011

6 Alpana, Trehan Entrepreneurship Dreamtech, 2011

2) Video Cassettes:

No Subject Source

1 Five success Stories of First Generation Entrepreneurs

EDI STUDY MATERIAL Ahmadabad (Near Village Bhat , Via Ahmadabad Airport & Indira Bridge), P.O. Bhat 382428 , Gujrat, India P.H. (079) 3969163, 3969153 E-mail : [email protected]/[email protected] Website : http://www.ediindia.org

2 Assessing Entrepreneurial Competencies

3 Business Opportunity Selection and Guidance

4 Planning for completion & Growth

5 Problem solving-An Entrepreneur Skill

PART B) Industrial Project Following activities related to project are required to be dealt with, during this semester

1. Form project batches & allot project guide to each batch. (Max. 4 students per batch)

2. Each project batch should select topic / problem / work by consulting the guide & / or

industry. Topic / Problem / work should be approved by Head of department.

3. Each project batch should prepare action plan of project activities & submit the same to

respective guide.

4. At the end of semester, each project batch should submit the action plan and abstract of the

project along with list of materials required if project involves fabrication or other facilities

required in other kinds of project.

5. Action Plan should be part of the project report.

6. Each group member shall write assignments on the action plan prepared for the project for

this semester (half of the project work). The assessment of the assignments will be

considered for next semester as a total term work.

Page 221: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17059 EE5 46

Group Project

01

(1) Design of Illumination Scheme (Up to 20 KW) for Hospital / Shopping Mall/Cinema Theatre/Commercial Complex/Educational Institute/Industrial Complex.

(2) Design of Rural Electrification Scheme for small Village, Colony. (3) Case Studies Related to Industries - Operation / Maintenance / Repair and

Fault Finding. (4) Substation Model (Scaled) (5) Wind Turbine Model (Scaled) (6) Pole Mounted Substation Model (Scaled) (7) Industrial Automation (8) Non-conventional Energy Hybrid Models

02

(1) Rewinding of Three Phase/Single Phase Induction Motor. (2) Rewinding of Single Phase Transformer. (3) Fabrication of Inverter up to 1000 VA. (4) Fabrication of Battery Charger. (5) Fabrication of Small Wind Energy System for Battery Charging. (6) Fabrication of Solar Panel System for Battery Charging. (7) Microprocessor/ Micro controller Based Projects. (8) PC Based Projects. (9) Simulation/ Automation Projects

03

(1) Case study on Energy Conservation & Audit (2) Case Study on Design schemes of lighting, transformers, motors, power

system, protection system (3) Case study on improvement, modification, advancement in existing systems

or technologies (4) Case study on latest techniques like insulation technology, digital systems,

fibre optics, silicon technology, nanotechnology etc.

Page 222: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17060 EE5 47

Course Name : Electrical Engineering Group

Course Code : EE / EP

Semester : Fifth

Subject Title : Professional Practices – III / Industrial Training

Subject Code : 17060

Teaching and Examination Scheme:

Teaching Scheme Examination Scheme

TH TU PR PAPER HRS TH PR OR TW TOTAL

-- -- 03 -- -- -- -- 50@ 50

Notes: The teachers are encouraged to develop a “Speakers Bank”, a list of various experts from Industry and Educational Institutes who can speak on different topics. Similarly they should also prepare a directory of various nearby industries from their branch of Engineering, where the students can visit. Preferably, the students should visit the industries in a batch of not more than 20.Where possible, the polytechnics should encourage the students to visit nearby industries during winter or summer vacations, for a period of 1 to 2 weeks and prepare a detail report and this can be included in the report of “Industrial Visit” in Professional Practice, scheduled for the next semester. Rationale:

In the changing world scenario, the Diploma Engineers are expected to acquire various skills which include ability to communicate effectively, to present a topic, to share ideas, to prepare reports etc. and shape up their own personality. They are also expected to acquire technical information on various topics related to their branch of study, in addition to the various subjects included in their curriculum.

These acquired skills and enhanced confidence level are going to help them get a good job, based on personal interviews and aptitude tests.

Visits to various nearby industries, lectures on technical subjects by experts, seminars on variety of subjects, group discussion, browsing internet and collection of information, preparing reports are some of the activities suggested under Professional Practice. General Objectives: Student will be able to:

1. Acquire information from different sources. 2. Prepare notes for given topic. 3. Present given topic in a seminar. 4. Interact with peers to share thoughts. 5. Prepare a report on industrial visit, expert lecture.

Page 223: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17060 EE5 48

Learning Structure: Application Procedure Concept Facts

Apply principles of inter communication in group discussion for self learning

Use proper techniques for participation in

group discussion

Principles of group work and

communication

Group of Student, Topic for Discussion

Page 224: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17060 EE5 49

Activities Hours

1. Industrial Visits:

Structured industrial visits be arranged and report of the same should be submitted by the individual student, to form a part of the term work. Following are the suggested type of Industries/ Fields – (Minimum three visits).

Visit to 220kv/110kv sub- station Visit to Railway Station to study operation of Signaling system Visit to L & T LT Switchgear Training Center at Pune. Visit to Maintenance Department of sugar industry. Visit to Loco shade or EMW at Nashik. Visit to a Foundry to see Furnaces and Ovens Visit to industry to observe function of DAS and SCADA, Visit to industry to observe Automation for manufacturing processes.

18

2. Lectures by Professional / Industrial Expert to be organized on any Two topics of the following suggested areas or any other suitable topics:

Eco friendly Air Conditioning/Refrigeration Functioning of Electricity Regulatory Commission Recent Modifications in IE Rules Modern trends in A. C. Machines. Testing of Switchgears Recent trends in Power Generation(micro-power/distributed generation) Interview Techniques. Computer Aided Drafting. i) Importance of non - conventional energy sources (All types).

08

3. Group Discussion: The students should discuss in group of four to six students and write a brief report on the any one from below given topics as part of term work. Any other topic for group discussions may be selected by the faculty members. Some of the suggested topics are -

Energy saving in the institute/residential/industry/commercial. Role of Electrical Engineer in disaster management. Safety precautions in electrical engineering. Scope of out sourcing of Electrical Engineering services. Disposal of electrical/electronic waste (e-waste). Global warming.

06

4. Information Search: The students should collect information individually and write a report on the any one from below given topics as part of term work. Any other topic for information search may be selected by the faculty members. Some of the suggested topics are -

Formalities/documentation required to obtain residential electrical connection (Form number A1 &D1).

Study of residential electricity bill. Collect information related to the areas of employment & duties &

responsibilities for diploma electrical engineers through employment advertisement in daily newspaper.

State and National Statistics for Power Generation.

08

Page 225: sdmp.ac.insdmp.ac.in/pdf/dept_ele_curricullum.pdf ·  · 2016-03-19w.e.f Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme MSBTE - Updated on 11/10/2012 1 MAHARASHTRA STATE BOARD OF TECHNICAL

w.e.f. Academic Year 2012-13 ‘G’ Scheme

MSBTE - Final Copy Dt. 30/10/2013 17060 EE5 50

Comparison of Cost per unit generated by various methods of Power Generation. Special features of metro railways. g) Recent trends in Power Generation (micro-power/distributed generation).

5. Seminar: Seminar topic should be related to the topics from above serial numbers 01- industrial visits, 02-guest lectures, 03- information search. Each student shall submit a report of at least 10 pages and deliver a seminar (Presentation time – 10 minutes).

08

Total 48

OR

Industrial Training (Optional)

Students who have completed industrial training in summer vacation after 4th Semester will be

granted exemption for activities related to topic 1 to 4.

Student shall give seminar on industry training as activity No. 5.

These students shall submit report of Industrial training signed and certified by authorities from

Industry.

Evaluation will be done on seminar and report submitted by student.

Note: For the students who have undergone industrial training of four weeks duration in the summer vacation of fourth semester will be assessed as follows: 1. Industrial Training report duly certified by competent authority in the industry: 30 Marks 2. Seminar on industrial training: 20 Marks